DOLNÍK, Juraj. Jazyk – človek – kultúra. Bratislava: Kalligram, 2010. ISBN
978-80-8101-377-5. (selected parts)
DOLNÍK, Juraj. Súčasná spisovná slovenčina a jej problémy. Bratislava: Stimul, 2000. ISBN 978-80-89236-26-8. (selected parts)
HORÁK, Gejza et al. Česko-slovenský slovník. 1. vyd. Bratislava: Veda, 1979.
KARLÍK, Petr, NEKULA, Marek a Jana PLESKALOVÁ (eds.). CzechEncy – Nový encyklopedický slovník češtiny [online]. Brno: Masarykova univerzita, 2012 – 2020. [cit. 2021-10-29]. Available at https://www.czechency.org/slovnik (selected entries)
NÁBĚLKOVÁ, Mira. Slovenčina a čeština v kontakte. Pokračovanie príbehu. Bratislava – Praha: Veda, 2008. ISBN 978-80-224-1060-1. Available at: http://www.juls.savba.sk/ slovencina_a_cestina_v_kontakte.html. (selected parts)
SOKOLOVÁ, Miloslava, MUSILOVÁ, Květoslava a Daniela SLANČOVÁ. Slovenčina a čeština. Synchrónne porovnanie s cvičeniami. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2005. ISBN 80-223-2150-8. Available at http://is.muni.cz/el/1421/podzim2011/SKB503/um/SLOV-CES.pdf Slovenský národný korpus – par-skcs-all-4.0. Bratislava: Jazykovedný ústav Ľ. Štúra SAV, 2016. [cit. 2021-10-25]. Available at: http://www.korpus.sk/skcs.html.
Internetová jazyková příručka [online] (2008–2021). Praha: Ústav pro jazyk český AV ČR, v.v.i. [cit. 2021-10-29]. Available at: http://prirucka.ujc.cas.cz/.
Selected current articles and studies from linguistic journals, anthologies (Sociolinguistica Slovaca – available at: http://www.juls.savba.sk/ediela/sociolinguistica_slovaca/, Studia Academica Slovaca – available at: http://zborniky.e-slovak.sk/) and other specialized literature, both in print and electronic. The students will be informed about the additional literature at the beginning of the semester.
Active participation in seminars, preparation of ongoing assignments aimed at acquiring the differences between Czech and Slovak and the functioning of the contact phenomena in communication (20 p.), presentation of a selected problem concerning the Czech-Slovak contacts (30 p.), seminar paper (50 p.).
Presentation deadlines and their content, hand-in deadline and the content and formal requirements of the seminar paper will be specified in the course programme at the beginning of the semester. Violation of academic ethics results in the cancellation of the obtained points in the relevant evaluation item. Max. two excused absences are accepted.
Grading scale:
100 – 92: A, 91 – 84: B, 83 – 76: C, 75 – 68: D, 67 – 60: E, 59 – 0: Fx
Slovak, Czech (passive, some of the study literature is in Czech)
Bilingualism in the Czech-Slovak context and its specifics.
Convergence and divergence of Czech and Slovak from a diachronic point of view.
Convergence and divergence of Czech and Slovak from a synchronous point of view.
Grammatical differences between Czech and Slovak.
Lexical differences between Czech and Slovak.
Grammatical aspects of the Czech and Slovak contact.
Lexical aspects of the Czech and Slovak contact.
Culturological perception of bohemisms in Slovak.
Delimitation of standard Slovak in relation to Czech.
Stereotypes in the Czech-Slovak context.
Differences in national language stratification.
100 % preliminary
After completing the course, the student is knowledgeable about the development and the current state of the Czech-Slovak language contacts, about the similarities and the differences between Czech and Slovak, he/she understands the specifics of the Czech-Slovak contacts and their importance in regards to standard Slovak, and he/she can interpret and assess the Czech contact phenomena in the Slovak language in terms of their functionality in real communication.
DOLNÍK, Juraj. Súčasná spisovná slovenčina a jej problémy. Bratislava: Stimul, 2000. ISBN
978-80-89236-26-8. (selected parts)
HORÁK, Gejza et al. Česko-slovenský slovník. 1. vyd. Bratislava: Veda, 1979.
NÁBĚLKOVÁ, Mira. Slovenčina a čeština v kontakte. Pokračovanie príbehu. Bratislava
Praha: Veda, 2008. ISBN 978-80-224-1060-1. Available at: http://www.juls.savba.sk/ slovencina_a_cestina_v_kontakte.html. (selected parts)
SOKOLOVÁ, Miloslava, MUSILOVÁ, Květoslava a Daniela SLANČOVÁ. Slovenčina a čeština. Synchrónne porovnanie s cvičeniami. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2005. ISBN 80-223-2150-8. Available at: http://is.muni.cz/el/1421/podzim2011/SKB503/um/SLOV-CES.pdf
SOKOLOVÁ, Miloslava. Český jazyk (Diferenčné javy a cvičenia). Košice: Univerzita P. J. Šafárika 1991, s. 110 – 116. ISBN 80-7097-110-X.
Slovenský národný korpus – par-skcs-all-4.0. Bratislava: Jazykovedný ústav Ľ. Štúra SAV, 2016. [cit. 2021-10-25]. Available at: http://www.korpus.sk/skcs.html.
Internetová jazyková příručka [online] (2008–2021). Praha: Ústav pro jazyk český AV ČR, v.v.i. [cit. 2021-10-29]. Available at: http://prirucka.ujc.cas.cz/.
Selected current articles and studies from linguistic journals, anthologies (Sociolinguistica Slovaca – available at: http://www.juls.savba.sk/ediela/sociolinguistica_slovaca/, Studia Academica Slovaca – available at: http://zborniky.e-slovak.sk/) and other specialised literature, both in print and electronic. The students will be informed about the additional literature at the beginning of the semester.
Active participation in seminars (10 p.), preparation of ongoing assignments aimed at acquiring the differences between Czech and Slovak and at the translation and analysis of the problem phenomena (40 p.), seminar paper (50 p.).
The hand-in deadline and the content and formal requirements of the seminar paper will be specified in the course programme at the beginning of the semester. Violation of academic ethics results in the cancellation of the obtained points in the relevant evaluation item.
Max. two excused absences are accepted.
Grading scale:
100 – 92: A, 91 – 84: B, 83 – 76: C, 75 – 68: D, 67 – 60: E, 59 – 0: Fx
Slovak, Czech (passive, some of the study literature is in Czech)
Slovak and Czech - close "foreign" languages.
Contrastive comparison of the grammar system of Czech and Slovak.
Lexical differences between Czech and Slovak.
Grammatical aspects of the Czech and Slovak contact.
Lexical aspects of the Czech and Slovak contact.
Differences in national language stratification.
Delimitation of standard Slovak in relation to Czech.
Stereotypes in the Czech-Slovak context.
Pitfalls in translating from Czech to Slovak.
Analysis of the contact phenomena in different types of texts with regard to translation.
100 % preliminary
After completing the course, the student is knowledgeable about the similarities and the differences between Czech and Slovak in specific language levels and about the specifics of the Czech-Slovak language contacts, he/she understands these specifics, their importance in regards to standard Slovak, and he/she can identify the problem phenomena in translation, interpret and assess the Czech contact phenomena in the Slovak language regarding the adequacy of their use in translating different types of texts.
DOLNÍK, Juraj. Teória spisovného jazyka. Bratislava: Veda, 2010. ISBN
978-80-224-1119-6. [cit. 2021-12-24] Available at https://www.juls.savba.sk/attachments/ pub_teoria_spisovneho_jazyka/spijaz.pdf
Pravidlá slovenského pravopisu. Bratislava: VEDA, 2013. ISBN 80-224-0655-4. [cit. 2021-12-24] Available at https://www.juls.savba.sk/psp_2013.html
RUŽIČKA, Jozef. Problémy jazykovej kultúry. In: Kultúra spisovnej slovenčiny. Bratislava: Vydavateľstvo SAV, 1967, s. 9–22.
HORECKÝ, Ján. Ciele a metódy preskriptívnej jazykovedy. In: Slovenčina na konci 20. storočia, jej normy a perspektívy. Sociolingvistika Slovaca 3. Bratislava: Veda,1997. s. 61 – 64.
MÚCSKOVÁ, Gabriela. Status jazyka z hľadiska jazykového plánovania v podmienkach slovenskej jazykovej situácie. In: Človek a jeho jazyk 3. Bratislava: Veda, 2015. s. 238 – 248.
Current lexicographical publications and selected studies from linguistic journals and from other sources in printed or electronic version. Additional literature will be announced during the semester.
Active participation in lectures and seminars and systematic work on home assignments (30 %); final test, oral exam or colloquium (specification of dates and form of evaluation will be specified in individual study programs of the course at the beginning of the semester) (70 %).
The condition for final evaluation is a minimum of 50 % of final test evaluation.
Infringement of academic policy will result in annulment of the evaluation.
Grading scale:
100-92: A
91-84: B
83-76: C
75-68: D
67-60: E
59-0: FX
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences with documentation.
The exact syllabus and course requirements will be announced at the beginning of the semester.
Scale of assessment (preliminary/final):
Slovak
1. The subject of language culture and theory of standard language and theory of language planning. 2. Standardization as a process of development of the standard language. The relationship between language usage, norm, and codification. Sources of language codification. 3. Functions of the standard language and its position in the national language stratification. 4. Dynamics and variation of language. 5. Regulation of the standard language, prescriptive linguistics, and language criticism. 6. Criteria for standard regulation and their application in the real language usage. 7. Strucrtural aspect and nature of the language. 8. Functional aspect of language items and the process of lexical borrowing. 9. The language regulation approaches. Problem of purism. 10. The language situation in Slovakia and its development. 11. Language policy and language planning. 12. Proofreading and editorial practice.
Scale of assessment (preliminary/final): 100 % preliminary.
After successfully completing the course, the student has an overview of basic concepts and problems of language culture, theory of standard language, and theory of language planning and the approaches in the Slovak prescriptive and sociolinguistic linguistics. The student can identify variational and dynamic phenomena in the current state of the standard Slovak language development and analyse them from the perspective of codification and language usage. He/she is familiar with accessible language sources, databases, portals and is able to critically think about the language problems and the prescriptive regulation of dynamic language phenomena. Moreover, the student is able to apply the theoretical knowledge from the theory of language planning in interpretation of current and previous approaches towards the regulation of the Slovak language status and structure.
BOHUNICKÁ, Alena. Metaforika činnostného aspektu jazyka. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3694-9.
DOLNÍK, Juraj et al. Cudzosť – jazyk – spoločnosť. Bratislava: Iris, 2015. ISBN 978-80-8153-042-5.
DOLNÍK, Juraj. Jazyk – človek – kultúra. Bratislava, Kalligram, 2010. ISBN 978-80-8101-377-5.
DOLNÍK, Juraj. Sila jazyka. Bratislava: Kalligram, 2012. ISBN 978-80-8101-657-8. DOLNÍK, Juraj. Teória spisovného jazyka. Bratislava: Veda, 2010. ISBN 978-80-224-1119-6. Available at: https://www.juls.savba.sk/attachments/pub_teoria_spisovneho_jazyka/spijaz.pdf
DOLNIK, Juraj. Všeobecná jazykoveda. Opis a vysvetľovanie jazyka. Bratislava: VEDA, 2013. ISBN 978-80-224-1201-8.
Other current materials according to the teacher's choice will be made available by the teacher to all course participants.
a) active participation in seminars in the form of participation in the discussion with relevant outputs (20 %);
b) successful completion of a continuous test 1 (30 %).
c) successful completion of a continuous test 2 (50 %).
From each test the student must obtain at least 60 % points. The content and dates of continuous tests will be announced at the beginning of the semester. Continuous outputs do not have a correction date. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment. The condition for granting credits is the achievement at least 60 % success rate for continuous evaluation. The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences with documentation.
Grading scale:
A: 100 - 92 %
B: 91 - 84 %
C: 83 - 76 %
D: 75 - 68 %
E: 67 - 60 %
FX: 59 %
Slovak
1. Subject of general synchronous linguistics.
2. Basic methodological problems.
3. Development of linguistic thinking.
4. Semiotics. Language sign.
5. Language dynamics: approaches to explaining language changes.
6. Linguistic pragmatics: pragmatic interpretation of the language system, generative grammar.
7. Theory of language communication.
8. Discourse and discourse analysis.
9. Sociolinguistics (interaction and stratification).
10. Language policy and ideology.
11. Language culture.
12. Language contacts. Inoilingual influences.
100 % preliminary
The graduate of the course has a deeper knowledge of the subject and research methods of synchronous linguistics; is familiar with the concepts that explain the structure and functioning of language; is able to apply theoretical linguistic knowledge in explaining the structure and specifics of the use of language in communication.
GRAEFEN, Gabriele, MOLL, Melanie. Wissenschaftssprache Deutsch: lesen-verstehen-schreiben.
Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang Verlag, 2011. ISBN 978-3-631-60948-4.
KANICHOVÁ, Renáta, PALLAY, Eduard, VLČKOVÁ, Veronika. Grammatik für
Humanwissenschaften ein Lehr- und Übungsbuch. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2011.
ISBN 978-80-223-2905-7.
KANICHOVÁ, Renáta, VLČKOVÁ, Veronika. Deutsch für Humanwissenschaften. Unicert ® III.
Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2011. ISBN 978-80-223-3010-7.
KANICHOVÁ, Renáta, VLČKOVÁ, Veronika. Deutsch für Humanwissenschaften 2. Unicert ®
III. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3753-3.
PERLMANN-BALME, Michaela, SCHWALB, Susanne, Dörte WEEERS. em-Brückenkurs
Deutsch als Fremdsprache für die Mittelstufe. Ismaning: Max Hueber, 2000. ISBN
3-19-001627-5.
Supplementary literature will be presented at the beginning and during the semester. Lecturer’s presentations will be available in MS Teams.
a) During the teaching part (continuous) 2 tests (70 points), presentation (30 points)
b) During the examination period: (0 points)
Rating scale:
100% - 91% - A, 90% - 81% - B, 80% - 73% - C, 72% - 66% - D, 65% - 60% - E, 59% and below - FX (student has not met the credit requirements)
The exact date and topics of the mid-term evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester.
Violation of academic ethics results in the cancellation of earned points in the respective assessment item.
The lecturer will accept a maximum of 2 absences with documented evidence.
In justified cases (serious health problems, representation abroad, or other unforeseen circumstances), it is necessary to agree with the teacher on the possible assignment of alternative work and the subsequent recognition of the absence.
German at the level of (at least) B1 (the course is focused on working with professional literature in German)
Language training aimed at developing and consolidating communication competence (oral and written) in a specific segment of the professional sphere:
• University studies, its organization, self-study techniques, techniques of acquiring a foreigner language
• Study program, its contents, graduate profile, obtaining information about the field of study from foreign universities, comparison of studies in Slovakia and abroad (according to available information)
• Language and its conventions in everyday and academic environments
• Issues of factual texts - composition, styles, register
• Work with model factual texts with regard to the development of communication skills
• Lexical and grammatical means of factual text
• Summarization techniques, determining the main statements in the text
100 / 0
The students are able to report in a foreign language about university studies in Slovakia and its organization. The students are able to present their own study program, they can describe what their
application and motivation to study in a foreign language. The students know the techniques of summarizing texts and are able to summarize a shorter professional text and determine the main statements of the text. The students are able to actively use vocabulary specific to the given field of study and academic environment in general.
GRAEFEN, Gabriele, MOLL, Melanie. Wissenschaftssprache Deutsch: lesen-verstehen-schreiben. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang Verlag, 2011. ISBN 978-3-631-60948-4.
KANICHOVÁ, Renáta, PALLAY, Eduard, VLČKOVÁ, Veronika. Grammatik für Humanwissenschaften ein Lehr- und Übungsbuch. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2011. ISBN 978-80-223-2905-7.
KANICHOVÁ, Renáta, VLČKOVÁ, Veronika. Deutsch für Humanwissenschaften. Unicert ® III. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2011. ISBN 978-80-223-3010-7.
KANICHOVÁ, Renáta, VLČKOVÁ, Veronika. Deutsch für Humanwissenschaften 2. Unicert ® III. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3753-3.
PERLMANN-BALME, Michaela, SCHWALB, Susanne, Dörte WEEERS. em-Brückenkurs Deutsch als Fremdsprache für die Mittelstufe. Ismaning: Max Hueber, 2000. ISBN 3-19-001627-5.
Supplementary literature will be presented at the beginning and during the semester. Lecturer’s presentations will be available in MS Teams.
a) During the teaching part (continuous) 2 tests (70 points), presentation (30 points)
b) During the examination period: (0 points)
Rating scale:
100% - 91% - A, 90% - 81% - B, 80% - 73% - C, 72% - 66% - D, 65% - 60% - E, 59% and below - FX (student has not met the credit requirements)
The exact date and topics of the mid-term evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester.
Violation of academic ethics results in the cancellation of earned points in the respective assessment item.
The lecturer will accept a maximum of 2 absences with documented evidence.
In justified cases (serious health problems, representation abroad, or other unforeseen circumstances), it is necessary to agree with the teacher on the possible assignment of alternative work and the subsequent recognition of the absence.
German at the level of (at least) B1 (the course is focused on working with professional literature in German)
Language training aimed at developing and consolidating communication competence (oral and written) in a specific segment of the professional sphere:
• Developing reading competence
• Professional terminology and its use
• Familiarization with some qualitative and quantitative scientific methods relevant to the field of study
• Transformation of texts into graphs, description of the graph
• Text-making procedures and their use in the practice of writing short professional texts (e.g., enumeration and comparative-contrast texts)
• Recognition of the main arguments used in professional texts
• Argument-based opinion
100/0
The students have key language resources, know the styles and genres to successfully accomplish processes of foreign language communication (oral and written) in a specific professional sphere, which is presented by vocational training in higher education. The students are able to transform the information obtained by studying the literature into a graph or other forms of visualizations and vice versa, they can describe diagrams or graphs. They know qualitative and quantitative research methods. They can recognize the main arguments presented in shorter professional texts. The students can substantiate their arguments in the discussion.
GRAEFEN, Gabriele, MOLL, Melanie. Wissenschaftssprache Deutsch: lesen-verstehen-schreiben. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang Verlag, 2011. ISBN 978-3-631-60948-4.
KANICHOVÁ, Renáta, PALLAY, Eduard, VLČKOVÁ, Veronika. Grammatik für Humanwissenschaften ein Lehr- und Übungsbuch. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2011. ISBN 978-80-223-2905-7.
KANICHOVÁ, Renáta, VLČKOVÁ, Veronika. Deutsch für Humanwissenschaften. Unicert ® III. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2011. ISBN 978-80-223-3010-7.
KANICHOVÁ, Renáta, VLČKOVÁ, Veronika. Deutsch für Humanwissenschaften 2. Unicert ® III. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3753-3.
PERLMANN-BALME, Michaela, SCHWALB, Susanne, Dörte WEEERS. em-Brückenkurs Deutsch als Fremdsprache für die Mittelstufe. Ismaning: Max Hueber, 2000. ISBN 3-19-001627-5.
Supplementary literature will be presented at the beginning and during the semester. Lecturer’s presentations will be available in MS Teams.
a) During the teaching part (continuous) 2 tests (70 points), presentation (30 points)
b) During the examination period: (0 points)
Rating scale:
100% - 91% - A, 90% - 81% - B, 80% - 73% - C, 72% - 66% - D, 65% - 60% - E, 59% and below - FX (student has not met the credit requirements)
The exact date and topics of the mid-term evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester.
Violation of academic ethics results in the cancellation of earned points in the respective assessment item.
The lecturer will accept a maximum of 2 absences with documented evidence.
In justified cases (serious health problems, representation abroad, or other unforeseen circumstances), it is necessary to agree with the teacher on the possible assignment of alternative work and the subsequent recognition of the absence.
German at the level of (at least) B1 (the course is focused on working with professional literature in German)
Language training aimed at developing and consolidating communication competence (oral and written) in a specific segment of the professional sphere:
• Developing and consolidating communication competence in the academic environment
• Active use of professional vocabulary
• Basics of citation and paraphrasing
• Practical use of citations and paraphrases
• Plagiarism and academic ethics
• Identification of definitions in texts and rules of their use, formulation of definitions with the help of professional literature
• Formulation of constructive feedback
• Presentation techniques I.
100/0
The students have key language resources, know the styles and genres to successfully accomplish processes of foreign language communication (oral and written) in a specific professional sphere, which is presented by vocational training in higher education. They are able to work with definitions and, with the help of the literature, to define terms by reference to the literature. The students are able to obtain information for their own paper from the literature and to cite and paraphrase the source. The students are able to report on the role of their study program in society. They know how to express feedback constructively.
GRAEFEN, Gabriele, MOLL, Melanie. Wissenschaftssprache Deutsch: lesen-verstehen-schreiben. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang Verlag, 2011. ISBN 978-3-631-60948-4.
KANICHOVÁ, Renáta, PALLAY, Eduard, VLČKOVÁ, Veronika. Grammatik für Humanwissenschaften ein Lehr- und Übungsbuch. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2011. ISBN 978-80-223-2905-7.
KANICHOVÁ, Renáta, VLČKOVÁ, Veronika. Deutsch für Humanwissenschaften. Unicert ® III. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2011. ISBN 978-80-223-3010-7.
KANICHOVÁ, Renáta, VLČKOVÁ, Veronika. Deutsch für Humanwissenschaften 2. Unicert ® III. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3753-3.
PERLMANN-BALME, Michaela, SCHWALB, Susanne, Dörte WEEERS. em-Brückenkurs Deutsch als Fremdsprache für die Mittelstufe. Ismaning: Max Hueber, 2000. ISBN 3-19-001627-5.
Supplementary literature will be presented at the beginning and during the semester. Lecturer’s presentations will be available in MS Teams.
a) During the teaching part (continuous) 1 written project (30 points), continuous tasks (20 points)
b) During the examination period: 1 presentation of the project (35 points), 1 discussion for own presentation and active participation in colleagues' discussions (15 points)
Rating scale:
100% - 91% - A, 90% - 81% - B, 80% - 73% - C, 72% - 66% - D, 65% - 60% - E, 59% and below - FX (student has not met the credit requirements)
The exact date and topics of the mid-term evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester.
Violation of academic ethics results in the cancellation of earned points in the respective assessment item.
The lecturer will accept a maximum of 2 absences with documented evidence.
In justified cases (serious health problems, representation abroad, or other unforeseen circumstances), it is necessary to agree with the teacher on the possible assignment of alternative work and the subsequent recognition of the absence.
German at the level of (at least) B1 (the course is focused on working with professional literature in German)
Language training aimed at developing and consolidating communication competence (oral and written) in a specific segment of the professional sphere:
• Preparation of the presentation: selection of a suitable professional topic
• Literature search and its subsequent study
• Structure and presentation of arguments
• Outline text and keyword selection
• Structure of professional work (abstract, keywords, introduction, core, conclusion)
• Presentation techniques II.
• Presentation of research data and research results
• Active participation in a simulated student conference
50/50
The students have key language resources, know the styles and genres to successfully accomplish processes of foreign language communication (oral and written) in a specific professional sphere, which is presented by vocational training in higher education. The students are able to prepare presentations on the chosen professional topics. They are able to substantiate their claims with arguments from studied literature, or own research. They can ask questions and lead a discussion with classmates.
BUSCHA, Anne a Szilvia SZITA. Begegnungen – Sprachniveau A1+. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Integriertes Kurs- und Arbeitsbuch. Leipzig: Schubert-Verlag, 2013. ISBN 978-3-929526-86-8.
LINGEA. Nemecko-slovenský, slovensko-nemecký veľký slovník. Bratislava: Lingea, 2008. ISBN 978-80-89323-08-1.
SCHANEN, Francois. Grammatik Deutsch als Fremdsprache. München: Iudicium, 1995. ISBN 3-89129-262-7.
SCHMOHL, Sabrina. Akademie Deutsch A1+ Deutsch als Fremdsprache ; Intensivlehrwerk mit Audios online Bd. 1. München: Hueber, 2020. ISBN 978-3-19-101650-0.
SCHMOHL, Sabrina. Akademie Deutsch A1+ Deutsch als Fremdsprache ; Zusatzmaterial mit Audios online Bd. 1. München: Hueber, 2020. ISBN 978-3-19-111650-7.
Supplementary literature will be presented at the beginning and during the semester. Unpublished materials of the lecturers, as well as other selected professional texts will be available in MS Teams.
Course requirements:
a) Continuous - 2 tests on the material covered (70%) and smaller written assignments or tests on vocabulary and grammar (30%)
b) Exam period: 0%
Grading scale:
100% – 91% - A, 90% – 81% - B, 80% – 73% - C, 72% – 66% - D, 65%– 60% - E, 59%
and below - FX (student has not met the credit requirements)
The exact date and topics of the midterm evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester.
Violation of academic ethics will result in the cancellation of the points earned in the respective assessment item.
The lecturer will accept a maximum of 4 absences with documented evidence.
In justified cases (serious health problems, representation abroad, or other unforeseen circumstances), it is necessary to agree with the teacher on the possible assignment of alternative work and the subsequent recognition of the absence.
Slovak/ English
No prior knowledge of the German language is required to enrol in the course.
Selected topics:
• Basics of German pronunciation
• Introducing oneself, simple conversations with a partner
• Occupations
• Family
• Office I.
• Office II.
• Hobby and leisure
• Daily schedule
• Food and drinks
• Transport in the city
• Leisure I.
• Leisure time II.
100/ 0
Upon successful completion of the course, students have lexical and grammatical language skills at the A1.1 level of the European Framework of Reference for Languages. Students understand basic information in the target language, if clearly and simply formulated; in oral speech, if delivered slowly, clearly and without using any dialect. Students understand simple questions in the foreign language on topics that are related to their person, background, or to other everyday topics already covered (shopping, travelling, finding accommodation). Students are able to answer these questions using language means they have already acquired. Students can fill in application forms in hotels and other institutions.
BUSCHA, Anne a Szilvia SZITA. Begegnungen – Sprachniveau A1+. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Integriertes Kurs- und Arbeitsbuch. Leipzig: Schubert-Verlag, 2013. ISBN 978-3-929526-86-8.
LINGEA. Nemecko-slovenský, slovensko-nemecký veľký slovník. Bratislava: Lingea, 2008. ISBN 978-80-89323-08-1.
SCHANEN, Francois. Grammatik Deutsch als Fremdsprache. München: Iudicium, 1995. ISBN 3-89129-262-7.
SCHMOHL, Sabrina. Akademie Deutsch A1+ Deutsch als Fremdsprache ; Intensivlehrwerk mit Audios online Bd. 1. München: Hueber, 2020. ISBN 978-3-19-101650-0.
SCHMOHL, Sabrina. Akademie Deutsch A1+ Deutsch als Fremdsprache ; Zusatzmaterial mit Audios online Bd. 1. München: Hueber, 2020. ISBN 978-3-19-111650-7.
Supplementary literature will be presented at the beginning and during the semester. Unpublished materials of the lecturers, as well as other selected professional texts will be available in MS Teams.
a) Continuous - 2 tests on the material covered (60%) and smaller written assignments or tests on vocabulary and grammar (25%), presentation (15%)
b) Exam period: 0%
The exact date and topics of the midterm evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester.
Violation of academic ethics will result in the cancellation of the points earned in the respective assessment item.
Grading scale:
100% – 91% - A, 90% – 81% - B, 80% – 73% - C, 72% – 66% - D, 65%– 60% - E, 59%
and below - FX (student has not met the credit requirements)
The lecturer will accept a maximum of 4 absences with documented evidence.
In justified cases (serious health problems, representation abroad, or other unforeseen circumstances), it is necessary to agree with the teacher on the possible assignment of alternative work and the subsequent recognition of the absence.
Slovak/ English
The course requires German language proficiency at A 1.1 level.
Selected topics:
• Orientation in the city
• Housing - description of the house/apartment
• Holidays, problems with accommodation
• Calendar, dates and appointment planning
• Life goals - studies and careers
• At the doctor's I - the human body
• At the doctor's II - diseases
• Description of the person and his/her character
• Household duties and their division in the family
• Social rules: what (not) to do
• Clothes
• Weather
• Holidays and their celebration
100/ 0
Upon successful completion of the course, students have lexical and grammatical language skills at the A1.2 level of the European Framework of Reference for Languages. Students understand basic information in the target language and are able to react in situations related to the topics covered, such as work life, leisure time, social life. Students have knowledge of selected cultural phenomena typical for German-speaking countries (e.g. celebration of important holidays). Students are able to summarize in writing and orally how holidays are celebrated in their family.
Students are able to present complaints related to their accommodation and summarise them in a formal letter/email. They can lead a monologue about their future goals. Students are able to describe their housing and are able to describe a person's appearance as weel as his/her internal characteristics.
BRÜSEKE, Rolf. Starten wir! Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Kursbuch. Teil: A2. München: Hueber, 2018. ISBN 978-3-19-046000-7.
ENGEL, Ulrich a Rozemaria TERTEL. Kommunikative Grammatik Deutsch als Fremdsprache die Regeln der deutschen Gebrauchssprache in 30 gemeinverständlichen Kapiteln. München: Iudicium, 1993. ISBN 3-89129-253-8.
LINGEA. Nemecko-slovenský, slovensko-nemecký veľký slovník. Bratislava: Lingea, 2008. ISBN 978-80-89323-08-1.
SCHMOHL, Sabrina. Akademie Deutsch A2+ Deutsch als Fremdsprache ; Intensivlehrwerk mit Audios online Bd. 2. München: Hueber, 2020. ISBN 978-3-19-121650-4.
SCHMOHL, Sabrina. Akademie Deutsch A2+ Deutsch als Fremdsprache ; Zusatzmaterial mit Audios online Bd. 2. München: Hueber, 2020. ISBN 978-3-19-131650-1.
Supplementary literature will be presented at the beginning and during the semester. Unpublished materials of the lecturers, as well as other selected professional texts will be available in MS Teams.
a) Continuous - 2 tests on the material covered (50%) and smaller written assignments or tests on vocabulary and grammar (30%), presentation (20%)
b) Exam period: 0%
The exact date and topics of the midterm evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester.
Grading scale:
100% – 91% - A, 90% – 81% - B, 80% – 73% - C, 72% – 66% - D, 65%– 60% - E, 59%
and below - FX (student has not met the credit requirements)
Violation of academic ethics will result in the cancellation of the points earned in the respective assessment item.
The lecturer will accept a maximum of 4 absences with documented evidence.
In justified cases (serious health problems, representation abroad, or other unforeseen circumstances), it is necessary to agree with the teacher on the possible assignment of alternative work and the subsequent recognition of the absence.
The course requires German language proficiency at A 1.2 level.
Selected topics:
• Occupation and family
• Housing
• Tourism
• Sports
• Health and illnesses
• Work life
• Shopping
• Sightseeing
• Culture
• In the restaurant
• The most important cities in German-speaking countries
• Corporate communication
100/ 0
Upon successful completion of the course, students have lexical and grammatical language skills at the A2.1 level of the European Framework of Reference for Languages.
Students have knowledge of selected cities in German-speaking countries and are able to present their own city and living in Slovakia, as well as the cultural events of a given city. Students are able to explain to a doctor what health problems they suffer from. Students know the basic rules of synchronous and asynchronous corporate communication in German-speaking teams (making phone calls, formulating emails, etc.).
BRÜSEKE, Rolf. Starten wir! Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Kursbuch. Teil: A2. München: Hueber, 2018. ISBN 978-3-19-046000-7.
ENGEL, Ulrich a Rozemaria TERTEL. Kommunikative Grammatik Deutsch als Fremdsprache die Regeln der deutschen Gebrauchssprache in 30 gemeinverständlichen Kapiteln. München: Iudicium, 1993. ISBN 3-89129-253-8.
LINGEA. Nemecko-slovenský, slovensko-nemecký veľký slovník. Bratislava: Lingea, 2008. ISBN 978-80-89323-08-1.
SCHMOHL, Sabrina. Akademie Deutsch A2+ Deutsch als Fremdsprache ; Intensivlehrwerk mit Audios online Bd. 2. München: Hueber, 2020. ISBN 978-3-19-121650-4.
SCHMOHL, Sabrina. Akademie Deutsch A2+ Deutsch als Fremdsprache ; Zusatzmaterial mit Audios online Bd. 2. München: Hueber, 2020. ISBN 978-3-19-131650-1.
Supplementary literature will be presented at the beginning and during the semester. Unpublished materials of the lecturers, as well as other selected professional texts will be available in MS Teams.
a) Continuous - 2 tests on the material covered (50%) and smaller written assignments or tests on vocabulary and grammar (30%), presentation (20%)
b) Exam period: 0%
The exact date and topics of the midterm evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester.
Grading scale:
100% – 91% - A, 90% – 81% - B, 80% – 73% - C, 72% – 66% - D, 65%– 60% - E, 59% and below - FX (student has not met the credit requirements)
Violation of academic ethics will result in the cancellation of the points earned in the respective assessment item.
The lecturer will accept a maximum of 4 absences with documented evidence.
In justified cases (serious health problems, representation abroad, or other unforeseen circumstances), it is necessary to agree with the teacher on the possible assignment of alternative work and the subsequent recognition of the absence.
The course requires German language proficiency at A 2.1 level.
Selected topics:
• Speech and learning
• Mail, communication, intercultural communication
• Media
• Books and print
• Selected historical events in German-speaking countries
• Cultural events
• Travel and transport
• In the hotel
• Weather and climate
• Mobility and transport
• Study and occupation
• Working abroad
100/ 0
Upon successful completion of the course, students have lexical and grammatical language skills at the A2.2 level of the European Framework of Reference for Languages.
Students are familiar with cultural differences important for communication with German-speaking partners. Students are able to conduct longer monologues on topics that are familiar to them (family, occupation, studies, hobbies) and also hold conversations on these topics. Students are able to further develop the conversation, not just answer questions. Students are able to summarise their experiences or the content of texts in oral and written form. Students are familiar with selected milestones in the history of German-speaking countries.
Journal Vojenská história (viaceré čísla). Available online: <http://www.vhu.sk/31-sk/archiv/>
DANGL, Vojtech. Bitky a bojiská v našich dejinách I. Od Samovej ríše po vznik stálej armády. Bratislava: Perfekt, 2005. ISBN 89-8046-310-7.
KLEIN, Bohuš - RUTTKAY, Alexander - MARSINA, Richard. Vojenské dejiny Slovenska I. Stručný náčrt do roku 1526. Bratislava: Ministerstvo obrany SR, 1993. ISBN 80-967113-1-8
NOVÁK, Jozef. Residentia exercitus regis. Špeciálny spôsob datovania v Uhorsku. In: Historické štúdie, 1955, vol. 1. pp. 205 - 234.
SEGEŠ, Vladimír - ŠEĎOVÁ, Božena (eds.). Pramene k vojenským dejinám Slovenska I/1 - 1/3. Bratislava: Vojenský historický ústav, 2010 - 2013.
To complete the course and be granted the necessary credits, students are required to prepare and present a paper on a specific topic related to the military history of Central Europe. The topics of the papers correspond to the content of the different seminars in line with the course syllabus. Students are given up to 15 - 20 minutes to present the topic. They also need to hand over the relevant written paper to the teacher. It needs to have up to 5 standard pages (9,000 characters including spaces), including the bibliography. Students are expected to take active part in the lessons.
Grading scale:
A = 100% – 92%
B = 91% – 84%
C = 83% – 76%
D = 75% – 68%
E = 67% – 60%
Fx = 59% – 0%
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment.
Max. number of unjustified absences: 2.
Slovak
1. Introductory meeting: getting acquainted with the course requirements. Students are assigned their term paper topics. Basic overview of sources and literature.
2. Military history of Central Europe in the 5th - 8th century: the Slavs, the Avars and their military systems. Significant military events.
3. The military system in the Great Moravian period: organization of the country’s army and defense, weapons and armaments. Significant military events. Battle of Pressburg 907.
4 Western vs Central European ways of fighting, armaments and tactics in the Middle Ages (deception in military tactics, the Cuman phenomenon.). Residentia exercitus regis.
5. The military system at the beginning of the Kingdom of Hungary (10th - 12th century). Historical development, the military system of the Hungarian tribes. Organization and military reforms until the beginning of the 13th century.
6. The military system in the 13th century. Organization of the country’s army and defense.
7. Selected problems from the military history of the Kingdom of Hungary in the 13th century: The Mongol invasion of the Kingdom of Hungary and the 1241 Battle of Mohi.
8. Selected problems from the military history of the Kingdom of Hungary in the 13th century: The struggle over the Babenberg heritage - Battle of the Leitha River (1246), Battle of Kressenbrunn (1260) and the Battle of Marchfeld (1278).
9. Conflicts within the Arpad’s Kingdom of Hungary - aristocratic army, resistance to the monarch. Significant military events (Battle of Mogyorod (1074), Battle of Isaszeg (1265), Matúš Čák Trenčiansky’s military activities.
10. The Anjou period - military reforms of Charles Robert (the Banderium system), Western influences. Significant military events (struggle over the Naples heritage).
11. The military system to the mid 15th century. The onset of the Turkish wars (Nikopol 1396, Varna 1444), Hussite rides to the Kingdom of Hungary, the Hussite way of fighting.
12. Matthias Corvinus’ military reforms (the black regiment), struggle against the Brethren movement .
100/0
At the end of the course, students have a basic overview of all major military events in Central Europe from the 5th century to 1526 and are able to work with source material related to the military system, major military events, have an overview of the combat system, military organizations and military reforms in the period. As a result, they are able to critically assess the veracity of information in the sources and interpret the intentions of their authors. Students also have the necessary knowledge to take the follow-up course Military History 2: Early Modern Times.
DANGL, Vojtech. Bitky a bojiská v našich dejinách I. Od Samovej ríše po vznik stálej armády. Bratislava: Perfekt, 2005. ISBN 89-8046-310-7.
DANGL, Vojtech - KOPČAN, Vojtech. Vojenské dejiny Slovenska II (1526 - 1711). Bratislava: Ministerstvo obrany SR, 1995. ISBN 80-967113-2-8
SEGEŠ, Vladimír. Vojenské dejiny Slovenska III. (1711 - 1914). Bratislava: Ministerstvo obrany SR, 1996. ISBN 80-88842-02-6
HOCHEDLINGER, Michael. Austria's Wars of Emergence, 1683-1797. New York: Routledge, 2003.
ISBN 9780582290846 (Dostupné cez externé informačné zdroje fakultnej knižnice)
a) preliminary - Students are required to read the sources and secondary literature (assigned by the teacher in line with the syllabus topics for each session), and subsequently, take active part in the discussion. They need to be able to work with texts
b) final - Students need to produce an essay on a specific topic (in line with the syllabus). In it, the students show they developed the necessary skills throughout the term to approach the selected issue independently. For this purpose, they need to write 5 - 8 pages in their own words with the relevant bibliography
Grading scale:
A = 100% – 92%
B = 91% – 84%
C = 83% – 76%
D = 75% – 68%
E = 67% – 60%
Fx = 59% – 0%
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment.
Maximum number of unjustified absences: 2.
Slovak
reading: English
1) The military situation in the Kingdom of Hungary in the late Middle Ages. The Jagiellonian monarchy and the Ottoman threat.
2) Battlefields: Moháč, 1526
3) The international context: The struggle between the Habsburgs and the Ottomans in the 16th and first half of the 17th century
4) The defense of the borders and territorial organization of the Kingdom of Hungary. Fighting techniques.
5) Pecunia nervus belli: Military Finances and the State
6) The crisis around 1600: The Fifteen Years War
7) Culture: The bastion of defense of Christianity. The ideology of the aristocracy. Anti-Turkish themes in literature.
8) The estate uprisings from a military perspective. The kurucs and the labancs.
9) Battlefields: Vienna 1683 / Buda 1686 / Zenta 1697
10) Armed subjects. The peasant uprisings. Highwaymen and the Highwayman theme in culture.
11) War and diplomacy in the 18th century.
12) The army’s professionalization and social disciplination in the 18th century
60/40
At the end of the course, students have an overview of the most important events in the military sphere in the early modern age (primarily within the Habsburg monarchy, but also set in a broader Central European context), as well as of the basic trends in the military from a social and a cultural perspective. Students are able to analyze and interpret - not only - written sources. They are also familiar with the current historiographical trends and methodological approaches used to research the history of the military in the early modern age.
ORGOŇOVÁ, Oľga – BOHUNICKÁ, Alena. Lexikológia slovenčiny. 2., rozšírené vydanie. Praha: Columbia, 2012. ISBN 978-80-8127-030-7.
DOLNÍK, Juraj. Lexikológia. 2. vydanie. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2007. ISBN 978-80-223-2308-6.
BOHUNICKÁ, Alena. Variety metafory. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2013. ISBN 978-80-223-3474-7.
OLOŠTIAK, Martin. Aspekty teórie lexikálnej motivácie. Prešov: Náuka, 2011. ISBN 978-80-555-0334-9.
selected articles from Studia Academica Slovaca Volumes
Active participation in classes, completing assignments and exercises, stylistic analysis and interpretation of expressions with regards to language usage. Completing three practical assignments in order to practice selected usage in an authentic text (max. of 10 points / assignment, not submitting and assignment = 0/10 points). Midterm test (required min. of 60%), final test (required min. of 60%). Final assessment is the average of three completed assignment + midterm test + final test.
A max. of two absences are allowed per semester.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished according to a degree of their importance from lowering of the grade result up to submitting a proposal on disciplinary proceeding.
Grading scale:
A: 100 – 92%
B: 91 – 84%
C: 83 – 76%
D: 75 – 68%
E: 67 – 60%
Fx: 59 – 0%
Slovak
Differentiation and classification of vocabulary with regard to style affiliation.
Key concepts: terms, publicisms, administrativisms, colloquialisms, and literary/formal words.
Standard and substandard vocabulary.
Vocabulary from the viewpoint of time (antiquarisms and neologisms).
Vocabulary from the viewpoint of origin (native and foreign expressions / loanwords, bohemisms).
Vocabulary of assessment, expressive and emotional vocabulary, and its function in texts.
Phrasemes – characteristics and functioning in texts.
Metaphors and their usage in texts. Conceptual metaphors.
50/50
Students have mastered key concepts from the field of stylistic lexical differentiation with regards to usage in both public and personal communication; they can identify and interpret individual lexical units from the point of view of time/tense, origin, assessment, and their function in the text; they are able to utilize stylistic variants of lexemes in terms of genre characteristics of lexical units and their practical application.
SLANČOVÁ, Daniela. Praktická štylistika. Prešov: Slovacontact, 1996. ISBN 80-901417-9-X.
HORVÁTH, Miloš. Štylistika súčasného slovenského jazyka. Bratislava: Vydavateľstvo UK, 2016. ISBN 978-80-223-3997-1.
MISTRÍK, Jozef. Štylistika. 3. upravené vyd. Bratislava: SPN, 1997. ISBN 80-08-02529-8.
ORGOŇOVÁ, Oľga – DOLNÍK, Juraj. Používanie jazyka. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2010. ISBN 978-80-223-2925-5.
selected articles from Studia Academica Slovaca Volumes
Active participation in classes,
Completing assignments and exercises, stylistic analysis and interpretation of terminology with regards to language usage,
Completing three practical assignments for practicing a selected concept in an authentic text – it earns a max. of 10 points / assignment (failing to submit an assignment = 0/10 points),
Mid-term test (min. of 60%),
Final test (min. of 60%).
The final score is the average of scores for three completed assignments + mid-term test + final test.
A max. of two absences are allowed per semester.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished according to a degree of their importance from lowering of the grade result up to submitting a proposal on disciplinary proceeding.
Grading scale:
A: 100 – 92%
B: 91 – 84%
C: 83 – 76%
D: 75 – 68%
E: 67 – 60%
Fx: 59 – 0%
Stylistics and its position in the system of linguistic disciplines.
Key concepts, linguistic style, classification and characterization of functional styles.
Style-creating features and practical usage of linguistic devices.
Interactive attitude towards speech production.
Speech/text/message production and interpretation.
Stylistic differentiation of language in terms of cultural, social, and situational contexts.
Text wording and politeness parameters.
Linguistic and cultural strategy in the field of personal and public messages.
Linguistic and stylistic aspects of text assessment.
50/50
Students have mastered key concepts from the field of stylistics and stylistic text differentiation, especially between discourses in the public and personal communication spheres; they can identify and interpret individual style-creating features from the theoretical and practical points of view; they are able to produce stylistically variable texts with regards to genre characterization and practical usage.
DOLNÍK, Juraj. Jazyk - človek - kultúra. Bratislava: Kalligram, 2010. ISBN 978-80-8101-377-5.
Selected articles from journals
1. Active participation in classes, mastering key terminology,
2. Completing assignments and exercises,
3. Analyzing and interpreting linguistic culturemes and transculturemes with regard to specific ethnocultural and sociocultural contexts,
4. Term paper – interpretation of artifacts, mentifacts and sociofacts in a selected (artistic or scholarly) work,
5. Final score: preliminary assessment of work during the semester – 50%, term paper – 25%, final discussion – 25%.
A max. of two absences are allowed per semester.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished according to a degree of their importance from lowering of the grade result up to submitting a proposal on disciplinary proceeding.
Grading scale:
A: 100 – 92%
B: 91 – 84%
C: 83 – 76%
D: 75 – 68%
E: 67 – 60%
Fx: 59 – 0%
Slovak (at least B2 level)
• Linguoculturology, its research subject and key concepts.
• Ethnolinguistics, anthropological linguistics, research subject, key terms.
• Language, man, and culture in mutual interaction, discourse.
• Emotional expressions in language.
• Language and values: primary and secondary orientation.
• The self-projection of one’s personality, ego-linguistics and xenolinguistics.
• Language as a medium and cultural product.
• Language in collective cultural memory.
• Rituals and their characterization and interpretation.
• Stereotypes in language and culture.
• The cultural image of texts from the author’s point of view.
• The cultural image of texts from the recipient’s point of view.
• Artifacts, mentifacts, sociofacts, and their interpretation.
100/0
Students have mastered key concepts from the field of linguoculturology and ethnolinguistics with regard to their mutual interaction and their use in texts and in the linguistic behaviour of individuals and communities. Students have developed adequate interpretation skills needed to specify and characterize the cultural image of texts from the author’s and recipient’s points of view.
PALÚCH, Martin. Autorský dokumentárny film na Slovensku po roku 1989. Bratislava: Občianske združenie VLNA, 2015. ISBN 9788089550241.
MACEK, Václav – PAŠTÉKOVÁ, Jelena. Dejiny slovenskej kinematografie. – Martin: Osveta, 1997. ISBN 9788085739688.
časopisy film.sk, kino-ikon – vybrané interpretácie a recenzie konkrétnych dokumentárnych filmov
http://www.skcinema.sk
www.sfu.sk
- One spoken presentation of a chosen film and director (max. of 10 points),
- One written interpretation of a chosen film (about 250 – 300 words), for which students earn a max. of 20 points,
- A final test (20 points),
- Active participation in seminars and discussions,
- Students must earn a min. of 60% score in every assessment segment.
A max. of two absences are allowed per semester.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished according to a degree of their importance from lowering of the grade result up to submitting a proposal on disciplinary proceeding.
Grading scale:
A: 100 – 92%
B: 91 – 84%
C: 83 – 76%
D: 75 – 68%
E: 67 – 60%
Fx: 59 – 0%
Slovak (at least B1 level)
1. A brief overview of the history of Slovak documentary films, Slovak film festivals and awards, nominations and awards won by Slovak documentary filmmakers,
2. Peter Kerekes: Ako sa varia dejiny / Cooking History – a documentary about military field kitchens and the influence of cooking on fighting tactics,
3. Miro Remo: Cooltura / Coolture – a documentary mosaic reflecting various aspects of "cool" Slovak mainstream cultural and social environment,
4. Juraj Lehotský: Slepé lásky / Blind Loves – a documentary look into the world of the blind who are looking for happiness in their lives,
5. Marko Škop: Osadné – a subtle documentary testimony about a small big world on the border of Slovakia and the EU and the contacts of local leaders wth European politics,
6. Marek Šulík: Cigarety a pesničky / Cigarettes and Songs – a documentary of a week-long meeting of singers and musicians recording the album AfterPhurikane,
7. Marek Šulík: Cesta Magdalény Robinsonovej / The Journey of Magdalena Robinson – a documentary reaction to the relativization of Fascist crimes and crimes on the air,
8. Zuzana Piussi: Krehká identita / Fragile Identity – a documentary trilogy reflecting on (Slovak) national identity by pointing at contemporary "pseudo-national" activists,
9. Dominik Jursa: Toto nie je hra / This is Not a Game – a sociological documentary looking at a group of volunteers from the organization called Slovak troops and the free flow of "reality",
10. Juraj Chlpík: Identity Petržalky / Identities of Petržalka – a documentary revelation of the true face of a housing estate and the efforts of individuals to put down their roots in this concrete jungle,
11. Tereza Michalová: Nový svet / New World – a docudrama of an abandoned man who is limited by mental illness and confronted by new people entering his world,
12. Ivana Hucíková: Matky a dcéry / Mothers and Daughters – a documentary uncovering the beauty and bitterness in the complex relationships in four generations of mothers and daughters.
100/0
Students have an overview of Slovak documentaries beginning from the end of the 1990s
and they understand the specifics of Slovak society and of current social problems. They are able to interpret information, discuss problems, and state their opinions.
BAILEY, Stephen. Academic writing: a handbook for international students. 3rd ed. Abingdon: Routledge, 2011. ISBN 9780415595810.
GÁLIKOVÁ, Silvia. Akademické písanie (vybrané témy písania akademického textu). Trnava: Typi Universitas Tyrnaviensis, 2015. ISBN 9788080824143.
LICHNEROVÁ, Lucia. Písanie a obhajoba záverečných prác: vysokoškolské skriptá pre študentov Univerzity Komenského v Bratislave [online]. Bratislava: Stimul, 2016. ISBN 978-80-8127-155-7. Dostupné na: http://stella.uniba.sk/texty/ LL_pisanie_obhajoba_zaverecne_prace.pdf ISO 690:2010, Information and documentation – Guidelines for bibliographic references and citations to information resources.
MOŠAŤOVÁ, Michaela. Akademické písanie (nielen) pre zahraničných študentov. Bratislava: Stimul, 2022. ISBN 978-80-8127-359-9. Dostupné na: https://dspace.uniba.sk/xmlui/handle/123456789/103
STAROŇOVÁ, Katarína. Vedecké písanie: ako písať akademické a vedecké texty. Martin: Osveta, 2011. ISBN 9788080633592.
ZEMACH, Dorothy a Lisa A. RUMISEK. Academic Writing: From Paragraph to Essay. Oxford: Macmillan, 2005. ISBN 978-1-4050-8606-6.
Active participation in seminars (10 points), a mid-term test (20 points), and a final test at the end of the semester (20 points).
In addition, at the beginning of the course, students choose their own research topic and, over the duration of the course, continuously prepare 5 short draft versions and 5 short final versions of the following parts of their own academic text:
Text 1 – formulation of the objectives and research methods,
Text 2 – formulation of the theoretical part of the paper with correct use of the selected citation technique,
Text 3 – formulation of the introduction,
Text 4 – formulation of the conclusion, and
Text 5 – formulation of the abstract.
Students may receive a maximum of 5 points for each text (50 points in total).
Final versions are prepared based on feedback from classmates (peer feedback method) as well as feedback from the instructor.
In all components of assessment, students are required to achieve a minimum success rate of 60%. The final grade for the course is the average of all partial assessments. Students are allowed two absences without providing a reason. In the case of additional absences, a written confirmation explaining the reason for non-attendance must be submitted to the study administrator, who will then inform the instructor.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished according to a degree of their importance from lowering of the grade result up to submitting a proposal on disciplinary proceeding.
Grading scale: A: 100 – 92% B: 91 – 84% C: 83 – 76% D: 75 – 68% E: 67 – 60% Fx: 59 – 0%
At least B1 level (according to CEFR).
1. Research and research methods,
2. Defining the research subject and formulating research objectives, researching sources,
3. Copyrights and their protection, plagiarism, citations, paraphrasing, citation techniques, formulating introductions, conclusions, and abstracts,
4. Terminology (practicing the expression of elementary semantic relationships: comparison, accord, discord, renumeration, summarization, exemplification),
5. Derivation (forming relational adjectives and deverbatives); complex secondary prepositions – their purpose and functions,
6. Morphosyntactics (deagentization of passives, nominal expression, verbal constructions),
7. Principles and methods of building textual cohesion (connectors – pronouns, conjunctions, particles),
8. Fundamental form and content aspects of term papers,
9. Reformulating paper objectives, specifying research outcomes,
10. Formulating a paper introduction and conclusion,
11. Formulating a paper abstract,
12. Final discussion.
Students can define the objectives of their research and adopt relevant research methods, can stylistically adequately compare several scholarly sources, support arguments, formulate research outcomes, apply citation techniques and create bibliographical sources.
Slovensko. Dejiny – divadlo – hudba – jazyk – literatúra – ľudová kultúra – výtvarné umenie – Slováci v zahraničí. Bratislava: Perfekt, 2006. ISBN 8080463492.
LACIKA, Ján. 1000 zaujímavostí Slovenska. Bratislava: Ikar, 2012. ISBN 9788055146904.
VOJČEK, Alexander – MACHALA, Drahoslav. Slovensko. Zaujímavosti – unikáty – rarity.
Bratislava: Príroda, 2013. ISBN 9788007022140.
SCHREIBER, Bedřich. Slovakia / Slowakei. Bratislava: BoArt, 2016. ISBN: 9788089554096.
www.unesco.sk
http://www.pamiatky.sk/sk/page/svetove-dedicstvo/
Attending the field trip (70% of the score), submitting a paper following the field trip (30% of the score).
Written work is to be submitted = a term paper, a report paper, a travel diary or a test – to be determined by the teacher at the beginning of the semester. It awards a max. of 30 points, while a min. of 60% is required.
Any misconduct or academic ethics violation results in an annulment of earned points in the relevant segment of assessment.
Grading scale:
A: 100 – 92%
B: 91 – 84%
C: 83 – 76%
D: 75 – 68%
E: 67 – 60%
Fx: 59 – 0%
English or Slovak
Mainly for students who are non-native Slovak speakers.
Participation in the excursion is charged according to the current price list of cultural institutions and services in Slovakia. More information can be obtained at the following link: ttps://fphil.uniba.sk/katedry-a-odborne-pracoviska/sas/exkurzie-uk/
This three-day visit takes the students to several regions of Slovakia in order to introduce them to locations and cultural heritage sites of unique worldwide significance (the open-air folk museum of the village of Vlkolínec, the towns of Bardejov and Levoča, the Spišský hrad Castle, the mining town of Banská Štiavnica, the Slovenský kras national park, etc.).
The field trip program is updated annually.
70/30
Students are familiar with significant Slovak locations, historical monuments and places of interest that have been included on the UNESCO list of Sites of World Cultural and Natural Heritage. Based on their own experience of visiting these sites, the students have a more complex understanding of Slovakia, its history and culture.
GALÍK, Josef, at al. Panorama české literatury (Literární dějiny od počátků do současnosti). Olomouc: Rubico, 1994. ISBN 80-85839-04-0.
MACHALA, Lubomír. Průvodce po nových jménech české poezie a prózy. Olomouc: Rubico, 1996 ISBN 80-85839-13-X.
DOKOUPIL, Blahoslav, et al. Slovník české prózy 1945 – 1994. Ostrava: Sfinga, 1994. ISBN 80-85491-84-2.
HOLÝ, Jiří, et al. Český parnas. Praha: Galaxie, 1993. ISBN 80-852204-07-X.
LOPATKA, Jan. Předpoklady tvorby. Praha: Československý spisovatel, 1991. ISBN 80-202-0258.
Ongoing - during the teaching part: oral introduction to one of the selected seminar topics (max 10 p), seminar work submitted no later than the end of the teaching part of the semester - in-depth interpretation of the selected problem (significant motif, etc.) related to one of the seminar topics (max 10 p), active participation in seminars, participation in the discussion with relevant inputs (max 10 p), final test in the last two weeks (max 70 p).
A maximum of two excused absences are accepted. Violation of academic ethics results in the cancellation of earned points in the relevant item.
Classification scale: 100-92 A, 91-84 B, 83-76 C, 75-68 D, 67-60 E, 59 and less Fx
1 Modern Czech Literature - from the Manifesto of Czech Modernism to Modern Revue
2. Avant-garde trends and social consequences - Devětsil association and its representatives
3 Poetry of left-wing, socially and anarchist-oriented authors: from P. Bezruč through J. Wolkr to S. K. Neuman
4 Responses to the War as Absurdities of the Modern Age: Jaroslav Hašek: The Fates of the Good Soldier Švejk during the World Wars - Part 1
5 German Literature in Czech Historical and Cultural Contexts: Franz Kafka: The Process
6 Expressionist tendencies between the two wars: Richard Weiner: An empty chair (from the short story book Skleb)
7 The Pragmatism and Noetics of Karel Čapek: The Glider (as a Part of the Noetic Trilogy)
8 Liberated Theater: J. Voskovec and J. Werich
9 Scary and fun as modern and current: Ladislav Fuchs: The cremator
10 Coping with the mistakes of the "lyrical age": Milan Kundera: Ridiculous loves
11 Language Substandard of General Czech in Literary Text: Bohumil Hrabal: I Served the King of England
12 Poetry of solitude and at the same time social significance: Vladimír Holan: Night with Hamlet
ongoing evaluation 100 %.
Upon successful completion of this course, students will gain a comprehensive picture of the literary-historical development of Czech literature of the 20th century. They will be acquainted with contemporary literary trends, from the advent of modernism through the avant-garde, neo-modernist manifestations of 60's literature to the normalization fragmentation of literature into official ideologically indoctrinated, dissident-samizdat and exile. Through analytical reading of selected texts by representative authors across literary generations, they are also able to interpret the most significant poetic, prose and dramatic works of this literature, important both in the European context and in relation to the relationship with Slovak literature.
GALÍK, Josef, at al. Panorama české literatury (Literární dějiny od počátků do současnosti). Olomouc: Rubico, 1994. ISBN 80-85839-04-0.
MACHALA, Lubomír. Průvodce po nových jménech české poezie a prózy. Olomouc: Rubico, 1996 ISBN 80-85839-13-X.
DOKOUPIL, Blahoslav, et al. Slovník české prózy 1945 – 1994. Ostrava: Sfinga, 1994. ISBN 80-85491-84-2.
HOLÝ, Jiří, et al. Český parnas. Praha: Galaxie, 1993. ISBN 80-852204-07-X.
LOPATKA, Jan. Předpoklady tvorby. Praha: Československý spisovatel, 1991. ISBN 80-202-0258.
Ongoing - during the teaching part: oral introduction to one of the selected seminar topics (max 10 p), seminar work submitted no later than the end of the teaching part of the semester - in-depth interpretation of the selected problem (significant motif, etc.) related to one of the seminar topics (max 10 p), active participation in seminars, participation in the discussion with relevant inputs (max 10 p), final test in the last two weeks (max 70 p).
A maximum of two excused absences are accepted. Violation of academic ethics results in the cancellation of earned points in the relevant item.
Classification scale: 100-92 A, 91-84 B, 83-76 C, 75-68 D, 67-60 E, 59 and less Fx
capacity is limited to 20 students in a seminar group
1 National character in context and essayistic outputs: Vladimír Macura: Masaryk's shoes
2 Subjective idealism as a forerunner of modernism in literature: Ladislav Klíma: The Suffering of Prince Sternenhoch
3 Poetics as a specific Czech avant-garde direction. Transformations of poetics by V. Nezval, K. Biebl and J. Seifert
4 Modern prose techniques, inspiration from film as new art: Ladislav Vančura: The end of old times
5 An informed return to the 1940s from the perspective of the 1950s: Josef Škvorecký: Cowards.
6 An Informed Return to the 1950s from the Perspective of the 1960s: Milan Kundera: A Joke
7 Poetics and Nostalgic Reminiscences of “Lost Time in Prose: Viktor Fischl: The Fifth Quarter
8 An absurd drama as a reaction to a normalizing reality: Václav Havel
9 Prose of authenticity as a resistance to the normalization world of simulators: Ludvík Vaculík: The Czech Dream
10 The Shoah Literature, Returns to the Holocaust: Arnošt Lustig: A Prayer for Kateřina Horowitzová
11 Czech-Slovak context - intertwining of cultural codes: Egon Bondy: Episode 96
12 New forms of narration in postmodern contexts: Petr Šabach: Shit is burning, Miloš Urban: Dead girls
ongoing evaluation 100 %.
Upon successful completion of this course, students will gain a deeper and more plastic picture of the literary-historical development of Czech literature of the 20th century. The course deepens all the knowledge gained in the course Czech Literature 1. It shows other, but equally important forms of extremely structured and thematically and poetically diverse modern Czech literature. By analytical reading of other texts by representative authors, they are also able to interpret significant poetic, prose and dramatic works of this literature, which is also important in the European context, but also with regard to the relationship with Slovak literature.
CHMEL, Rudolf (ed.). Slovenská otázka v 20. storočí. Bratislava : Kalligram, 1997. ISBN 80-7149-155-1
KRAJČOVIČOVÁ, Natália. Jeden či dva národy? Dilema slovenskej politiky po vzniku ČSR. In: Česko-slovenská historická ročenka 1999. Brno : 1999, s. 98-112.
LETZ, Róbert a kol. Pramene k dejinám Slovenska a Slovákov XII a. Slováci pri budovaní základov Československej republiky. Bratislava : Literárne informačné centrum, 2013. ISBN 978-80-8119-072-8
VAŠŠ, Martin. Slovenská otázka v 1. ČSR (1918 - 1938). Martin : Vydavateľstvo Matice slovenskej, 2011. ISBN 978-80-8115-053-1
Further sources and literature will be mentioned during the semester.
a) preliminary - students are required to attend the lessons regularly, take active part in them and engage in the discussions of the different term syllabus topics. - They need to present a 15 min. long report on a selected class syllabus topic.
b) final - They need to submit a 2 page long written report on a selected class syllabus topic.
Grading scale:
A = 100% – 92%
B = 91% – 84%
C = 83% – 76%
D = 75% – 68%
E = 67% – 60%
Fx = 59% – 0%
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment.
Maximum number of unjustified absences: 3
Slovak
Czech (reading)
1. Starting points for Czechoslovak vs Slovak nationalism polemics. The HSĽS-Prúdy generation. The central city of Martin.
2. The Martin Declaration vs the Pittsburgh Agreement - two different views on the future of Slovaks. Important justification sources for the theory of Czechoslovak national unity (Martin Declaration) and for the autonomist movement (Pittsburgh Agreement). Controversies over the Martin Declaration. Controversies over the Pittsburgh Agreement.
3. Controversial reactions to Hlinka’s trip to Paris. Memorandum of American Slovaks to the Government and the National Assembly of the Czechoslovak Republic calling to incorporate the Pittsburgh Agreement into the Constitution of Czechoslovakia.
4 Jozef Škuléty’s Controversies with Milan Hodža, Václav Chaloupecký and Albert Pražák in the 1920s.
5. Controversies about the Czechoslovak nation in the Czechoslovak parliament.
6. Controversies about the autonomy of Slovakia in the Czechoslovak parliament.
7. Controversies about the Czechoslovak nation among Slovak politicians in the press. Controversies of Vavro Šrobár, Juraj Slávik, Anton Štefánek, Milan Hodža, Ivan Dérer, Milan Ivanka, Andrej Hlinka, Martin Rázus and others.
8. Controversies about the Czechoslovak-Slovak nation among Slovak intellectuals and artists.
9. Controversies about the definition of Slovak culture, science and language among Slovak intellectuals and artists.
10. Controversies about the Slovak language and the 1931 Rules of Slovak Orthography among Czech and Slovak intellectuals.
11. Controversial brochures and book publications.
12. Final recapitulation of obtained knowledge, discussion.
30/70
Students are familiar with the controversies around the Slovak statehood, nation and language between 1918 and 1938. They can apply an analytical approach to assess different argumentation approaches among Slovak politicians and intellectuals on topics like the Slovak - Czechoslovak nation, centralism, autonomy, and the definition of Slovak culture and language. Their knowledge is based on their analysis of the confrontation of the then two rival entities, namely the Czechoslovak and the Slovak nationalism.
BYSTRICKÝ, Valerián – ZEMKO, Milan (eds.). Slovensko v Československu ( 1918 – 1939). Bratislava : VEDA, 2004. ISBN 80-224-0795-X
FERENČUHOVÁ, Bohumila – ROGUĽOVÁ, Jaroslava a kol. Občianska spoločnosť a politická kultúra. Kapitoly z dejín Slovenska 1918 – 1938. Bratislava : Historický ústav SAV, 2012. ISBN 978-80-971189-0-7
ROGUĽOVÁ, Jaroslava a kol. Od osmičky k osmičke. Premeny slovenskej spoločnosti v rokoch 1918 – 1938. Bratislava : Historický ústav SAV, 2009. ISBN 978-80-970060-4-4
VAŠŠ, Martin. Slovenská otázka v 1. ČSR (1918 – 1938). Martin : Vydavateľstvo Matice slovenskej, 2011. ISBN 978-80-8115-053-1
Further literature will be mentioned during the semester.
a) preliminary - students are required to attend the lessons regularly, take active part in them and engage in the discussions of the different term syllabus topics. - They need to present a 15 min. long report on a selected class syllabus topic.
b) final - They need to submit a 2 page long written report on a selected class syllabus topic.
Grading scale:
A = 100% – 92%
B = 91% – 84%
C = 83% – 76%
D = 75% – 68%
E = 67% – 60%
Fx = 59% – 0%
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment.
Maximum number of unjustified absences: 3
Slovak
1. The impact the end of WWI and the establishment of the First Czechoslovakia had on Slovak society.
2. The democratization of Slovak society. Its transformation into a civil society.
3. The national development of Slovaks and manifestations of nationalism in the 1930s. Transformation from an ethnic to a political nation in the 1930s.
4. Factors concerning the legal form of the country between 1918 and 1938 and their impact on Slovak society. Centralism. Autonomism. Regionalism.
5. Economic and social factors of Slovakia’s development in the interwar period.
6. Development and basic issues concerning the institutional framework of Slovak culture in the interwar period.
7. Development of Slovak society in the narrative discourse of Slovak literature.
8. Language issues in the interwar period. The emancipation of Slovak science in the interwar period.
9. The establishment of Slovak political and cultural elites in the interwar period.
10. Slovak cultural elites in the interwar period.
11. Slovak cultural elites between 1939 and 1945.
12. The impact Slovakia’s autonomy and the establishment of the Slovak State had on Slovak society.
13. Political factors between 1939 and 1945.
14. Economic and social factors between 1939 and 1945.
15. Everyday life between 1918 and 1945.
16 Presentations, discussions, recapitulation of the acquired knowledge.
30/70
At the end of the course, students are familiar with the specificities of the dynamic development of Slovak society and culture between 1918 and 1945. They can look at different issues from a social and cultural history perspective using an interdisciplinary approach. Thanks to a critical analysis, they have comprehensive knowledge of the social and cultural conditions in Slovakia between 1918 and 1945.
BLOCH, Marc: Obrana historie aneb historik a jeho řemeslo. Praha: Argo 2011.
BURKE, Peter. Co je kulturní historie? Praha: Dokořán, 2011.
BURKE, Peter. Lidová kultura v raně novověké Evropě. Praha: Argo, 2005.
DÜLMEN, Richard Van. Historická antropologie. Vývoj/Problémy/Úkoly. Praha: Dokořán, 2002.
LE GOFF, Jacques. Paměť a dějiny. Praha: Argo, 2007.
STORCHOVÁ, L. a kol. Koncepty a dějiny. Proměny pojmů v současné historické vědě. Praha: Scriptorium 2014.
ZUPKA, Dušan. Meč a kríž. Vojna a náboženstvo v stredovekej strednej Európe. Bratislava: VEDA, 2021.
Supplementary literature will be presented at the beginning and during the semester
Regular and active participation. Preparation of a report (presentation) according to the teacher's assignment during the semester. Reading the required literature and working with the materials in seminars. Final colloquium consisting of a discussion of a selected work and source as assigned by the instructor.
Classification scale in percentages:
A = 100% - 92%
B = 91% – 84%
C = 83% – 76%
D = 75% – 68%
E = 67% – 60%
Fx = 59% - 0%
Violation of academic ethics results in annulment of the evaluation result of the relevant item.
Slovak
1. What is cultural history?
2. Basic stages in the development of cultural history of the Middle Ages
3. The most important approaches and the most important historians and their works
4. Communication in pre-modern Europe
5. Rituals, symbols and gestures
6. The court and court culture
7. Diplomacy in the Middle Ages
8. Diplomacy in the Early Modern Period
9. Ruling power and ruler strategies
10. Conflicts and their resolution
11. War, peace and religion
12. Holy Wars and the Crusades
100/0
The course will deal in detail with selected issues of contemporary cultural history of Europe in pre-modern times. Students will be introduced to the basic stages of the development of cultural history in the Middle Ages. They will get an overview of the most important ideological concepts and approaches of historians within cultural history.
KOPEČEK, Michal, WCIŚLIK, Piotr (eds.). Thinking through Transition. Liberal Democracy, Authoritarian Past, and Intellectual History in East Central Europe After 1989. Budapest: Central University Press, 2015. ISBN 978-963-3860-85-4.
SNYDER, Timothy. Cesta do neslobody. Rusko, Európa, Amerika. Bratislava: Premedia, 2018. ISBN 978-80-8159-598-1.
WERNER-MLLER, Jan. What is Populism? Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2016. ISBN 978-0-8122-4898-2.
EATWELL, Roger, GOODWIN, Matthew. National Populism. The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy. London: Penguin Books, 2018. ISBN 978-0-241-31200-1.
During the semester, the students are evaluated for active class work and the final essay at the end of the course.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment.
Grading scale:
0-59%-FX, 60-67%-E, 68-75%-D, 76-83%-C, 84-91%-B, 92-100%-A
English language - level B2 and above
the course is taught in English
1. Introduction to the history of democracy – basic background and concepts 2. History of liberalism with emphasis on institutions and institutes and their development in central and eastern Europe from a global perspective 3. Liberal distrust and participation 4. Liberal constitutionalism 5. The emergence of populisms – national and territorial specificities 6. Radical conceptions about democracy and the 1960s 7. Dissent and the Helsinki effect – human rights in oppositional conceptions 8. Anti-politics 9. Democratic revolution and round tables 10. Transition or transformation? 11. Frozen nationalisms? 12. Liberal institutions, the Acquis Communautaire 13. The financial crisis and the rise of conservative and ethno-national populisms
50/50
After completion of this course, the students can work with text, discourse, and complex and conflicting political map of late-socialist and post-socialist developments within Central Europe. Students can compare and analyse the events, which they reflect in domestic political environment in the context of developments in Poland, Hungary, Czech Republic, as well as Germany and other countries. This course is particularly recommended for students interested in understanding the historically complex relationship between democracy, populism and liberalism or liberal democracy in the specific conditions of post-socialist development.
HUČKO, Ján. Život a dielo Ľudovíta Štúra. Martin: Osveta, 1984.
KOČÍ, Jozef: České národní obrození. Praha: Svoboda 1978. ISBN 25-012-78.
SAK, Robert. Jozef Jungmann. Život obrozence. Praha: Vyšehrad, 2007. ISBN 978-80-7021-890-7.
MACURA, Vladimír. Znamení zrodu: české obrození jako kulturní typ. Praha: Československý spisovatel, 1983.
KLIMEŠ, Vladimír. Počátky českého a slovenského novinářství. Praha: Orbis, 1955.
Further literature will be specified during the semester.
Students are required to attend the lessons regularly and take active part in them. They are also expected to present a report and deliver a term paper.
a) Maximum number of justified absences: 3
b) At the seminar, students need to work actively following the teacher’s instructions.
c) Students are required to present a (15-20 min. long) report. For that purpose, they need to be able to speak in front of an audience, elaborate a (printed, electronic) presentation, and answer questions. However, they can present an extra written paper instead of the presentation.
d) Term paper: Students are assigned their preliminary assessment topics at the beginning of the term. Their term papers and report topics process specific parallel issues in the Slovak and Czech environments, e.g. the literary language in the Czech and Slovak national movements, Newspapers and journalism in the Czech and Slovak national movements, Pan-Slavism in the Czech and Slovak national movements, etc. It is necessary to delimit a suitable topic from large areas as part of the preparation for the students’ independent scholarly activity.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment.
Slovak
Czech
1. Introduction. Getting acquainted with the course requirements and with the content of the seminar. Students are assigned their seminar paper and report topics. The national revival and the shaping of a modern nation.
2. Great Moravia, the Czech Kingdom, The Kingdom of Hungary and “Slovakia.” Historical and natural law.
3. The Enlightenment. Conditions and activities. Josef Dobrovský, Anton Bernolák, the Bernolák group.
4. Language. The idea of a Czechoslovak language. The concept of a Slovak language. Panslavism.
5. History. Czechoslovak history? Slavic history. Historicism and history.
6. The issue of the Legal form of the state. Pan-Slavism and Austro-Slavism. Ján Kollár, František Palacký. Karel Havlíček Borovský.
7. Economy and agriculture. Economic nationalism. The social issue.
8. Symbols. The emergence of national symbols and the national movement. Mechanisms of self-interpretation.
9. The role of the nobility in the national revival. National patriotism.
10. The Štúr group - Slovak division? Different perceptions.
11. Institutional background. The school system, National Museum...
12. The 1848/49 revolution. Specifics and ideology. Post-revolutionary development. Consequences and starting points. Topics: different, well-defined areas
100/0
At the end of the course and after their self study, students have additional information on the relations of the Czech and Slovak national revival movements either from focusing on their specific term paper topic or from the others’s presentations. They are able to compare the conditions, starting points and results of specific segments in two neighboring national movements and in two different territories. They are familiar with the similarities and differences in the shaping of a modern nation on the examples of two related national movements (activity, ideology, personalities and their views.) They also have an overview of the key sources concerning the issues of the period in a wider Central European framework, as well as practical experience delimiting a specific topic from a large circle (in line with the required work structure).
ALEXY,. Janko. Život nie je majáles. Bratislava : Slovenský spisovateľ, 1956.
HRUŠOVSKÝ, Ján. Umelci a bohémi. Bratislava : Slovenský spisovateľ, 1963.
PONIČAN, Ján. Búrlivá mladosť. Spomienky. 1. 1920 - 1938. Bratislava : Slovenský spisovateľ, 1975.
VAŠŠ, Martin. Bratislavská umelecká bohéma v rokoch 1920 - 1945. Bratislava : Vydavateľstvo UK, 2016. ISBN 978-80-223-4173-8
VAŠŠ, Martin. Medzi snom a skutočnosťou : umelecká bohéma v Bratislave 1938 - 1945. Bratislava : Marenčin PT, 2018. ISBN 978-80-8114-943-6
Further literature will be specified during the seminar.
a) preliminary - students are required to attend the lessons regularly, take active part in them and engage in the discussions of the different term syllabus topics.
- They need to present a 15 min. long report on a selected class syllabus topic.
b) final - Students need to submit a written term paper based on the topic of their report. It needs to be around 10 pages of their own words including footnotes and bibliography.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment.
Maximum number of unjustified absences: 3
Slovak
1. Introduction to Bohemianism. The origin of Bohemianism in Paris. Henri Murger. Bohemianism and its development in Europe in the 19th and early 20th century.
2. The emergence of Bohemianism in Bratislava after the establishment of the First Czechoslovakia. Bohemianism in Slovakia vs Bohemianism in Europe. Similarities, differences and limits. Specificities in Slovakia.
3. Tido Gašpar - key figure and leader of Bohemianism in interwar Slovakia.
4. Ján Hrušovský - co-founder of Bohemianism in Slovakia and his rare memories.
5. The “golden age” of Bohemianism in Slovakia in the 1920s. The “Golden fantasy.”
6. Disintegration of the first generation of Bohemians in Slovakia and arrival of the second generation at the turn of the 1930s and 1940s.
7. Characteristics of Bohemian representatives in Slovakia from among writers. Emo Bohúň, Alexander Matuška and others.
8 Characteristics of Bohemian representatives in Slovakia from among artists. Janko Alexy. Frico Motoška, Štefan Bednár and others.
9. Rudolf Dilong, an unusual Bohemian priest.
10. Laco Novomeský and Ján Poničan - leftist intellectual and poet bohemians.
11. The surrealists and their signs of Bohemianism - Michal Považan, Rudolf Fabry, Štefan Žáry and others.
12. Stays and experiences of Slovak Bohemians in Paris and other parts of Europe.
13. Bratislava cafes and taverns as bastions of Slovak Bohemianism.
14. Presentations, discussions, recapitulation of acquired knowledge.
30/70
At the end of the course, students are familiar with the Bohemian character and lifestyle in Slovakia in the 1920s, 1930s and early 1940s. They can recognize and independently interpret narrative sources on Bohemianism in Slovakia. They have developed the ability to discuss and exchange information on the topic.
SALNER, Peter. Bratislavské kaviarne a viechy. Bratislava : Albert Marenčin – Vydavateľstvo PT, 2006. ISBN 978-80-8114-45-43-3
VAŠŠ, Martin. Zlatá bohéma : umelecká bohéma v Bratislave 1920 - 1938. Bratislava : Marenčin PT, 2018. ISBN 978-80-223-4173-8
VAŠŠ, Martin. Medzi snom a skutočnosťou : umelecká bohéma v Bratislave 1938 - 1945. Bratislava : Marenčin PT, 2018. ISBN 978-80-8114-943-6
ŽÁRY, Štefan. Bratislavská bohéma. Bratislava : Tatran, 2018. ISBN 978-80-222-0975-5
a) preliminary - students are required to attend the lessons regularly, take active part in them and engage in the discussions of the different term syllabus topics. - They need to present a 15 min. long report on a selected class syllabus topic.
b) final - Students need to submit a written term paper based on the topic of their report. It needs to be around 10 pages of their own words including footnotes and bibliography.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment.
Maximum number of unjustified absences: 3
Slovak
1. Introduction to Bohemianism in Europe and Slovakia: characteristics, concepts, personalities and socio-cultural contexts.
2. Bohemianism in Bratislava between 1920 and 1945. General overview. 3. Bratislava cafes.
4. Bratislava taverns.
5. Bratislava wine bars.
6. Night bars and “early-morning soup bars”. Vydrica.
7. Inns and low-class locals.
8. Picnic inns and Danube cafes.
9. Picnic and inspiring places. Open-air places on the Danube.
10. The Zlatá fantázia [Golden Fantasy] Inn.
11. Lodgings - houses, flats, studios.
12. Excursion to Bratislava open-air places. In case students would like to, several excursions can take place.
30/70
At the end of the course, students are able to independently, creatively and innovatively analyze the socio-cultural aspects of bohemianism in Bratislava between 1920 and 1945. After their class excursion, students are directly acquainted with some bastions of bohemianism in Bratislava.
DZIAMSKA-LENART, Gabriela et al. Słownik frazeologiczny z ćwiczeniami dla uczących się
języka polskiego jako obcego [online]. Poznań: Rys, 2021. ISBN 978-83-66666-50-4. Available at:
http://coolfraz.amu.edu.pl/#/slownik-papierowy
MAJCHER-LEGAWIEC, Urszula et al. Polak potrafi. O wielkich Polakach w Polsce i na świecie. Kraków: Fundacja Wspierania Kultury i Języka Polskiego im. Mikołaja Reja, 2016. ISBN 9788394316518 8394316514. Available at: http://fundacjareja.eu/polak-potrafi-spis-tresci/
Poľsko-slovenský slovník. [online]. Available at: https://slovniky.lingea.sk/polsko-slovensky
LIPIŃSKA, Ewa – DĄBSKA, Elźbieta Grażyna. Kiedyś wrócisz tu... Cz. II (C1). Kraków: Universitas, 2010. ISBN: 978-83-242-36756. Available in the faculty's library.
ZARYCH, Elżbieta. Język kluczem do kraju (C1/C2). Poznań: Nowela, 2018. ISBN 9788365283443.
Polish press (i.e. Gazeta Wyborcza, Polityka, Newsweek. Polska). (available online)
Wielki Słownik Języka Polskiego. Available at: https://wsjp.pl/
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Requirements to pass the subject are as follows:
- three continuous tests,
- continuous submission of homeworks in Polish after each lesson; each homework can be granted
a maximum of 10 points. Grading - the grade will be lowered for every 4 errors. Failure to submit the task will be evaluated with 0/10.
In each part of the assessment the student must achieve min. 60% of success. The final grade consists of two parts, each of them worth half of the final grade: average grade for the homeworks and average grade for the tests.
If the students achieved at least 60% of the continuous evaluation, they can attend the final exam. The exam consists of two parts: written test (4 parts: grammar, listening, reading, writing) and oral exam (picture description + answering a chosen question).
Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 %
B: 92 - 84 %
C: 83 - 76 %
D: 75 - 68 %
E: 67 - 60 %
Fx: 59 - 0 %
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Polish language, min. at the level B2
1. Grammar exercises: declension and syntax of cardinal numerals (constructions such as tysiąc dwieście trzydzieści osiem), use and correct formation of passive voice and impersonal forms of verbs (robiono; można, warto, należy, etc.), irregularities in conjugation, syntactic exercises.
2. Work with text: press releases and interviews related to subjects, such as tourism, ecology, sport, etc.
3. Reading and listening exercises, lexical, phraseological, grammar, and stylistic tasks. Forming opinions and answers to the questions related to the above-stated topics.
4. Writing of argumentative texts and shorter specialized texts (i.e. invitation, announcement, advertisement, greetings, congratulations, application, claim, and complaint).
5. Polish life and institutions: current events in Poland (politics, society, lifestyle, culture).
6. Lexis related to the below-stated topics:
a. work, professional style, soft and hard skills, work contract
b. science, inventions
c. item description, classification of items and concepts
d. language, verbal and nonverbal communication, emotions
50/50
After completing the course, the students know Polish language at the level C1.1 according to CEFR standards. They are familiar with the problematic aspects of Polish grammar, lexis, and phraseology at the corresponding level. They can communicate in written and oral form at a specialist level on the stated topics. They improve their skills in writing various types of texts. They understand complex subjects related to Polish life and culture.
DZIAMSKA-LENART, Gabriela et al. Słownik frazeologiczny z ćwiczeniami dla uczących się
języka polskiego jako obcego [online]. Poznań: Rys, 2021. ISBN 978-83-66666-50-4. Available at:
http://coolfraz.amu.edu.pl/#/slownik-papierowy
Poľsko-slovenský slovník. [online]. Available at: https://slovniky.lingea.sk/polsko-slovensky
LIPIŃSKA, Ewa – DĄBSKA, Elźbieta Grażyna. Kiedyś wrócisz tu... Cz. II (C1). Kraków:
Universitas, 2010. ISBN: 978-83-242-36756. Available at the faculty's library.
MAJCHER-LEGAWIEC, Urszula et al. Polak potrafi. O wielkich Polakach w Polsce i na świecie. Kraków: Fundacja Wspierania Kultury i Języka Polskiego im. Mikołaja Reja, 2016. ISBN 9788394316518 8394316514. Available at: http://fundacjareja.eu/polak-potrafi-spis-tresci/
ZARYCH, Elżbieta. Język kluczem do kraju (C1/C2). Poznań: Nowela, 2018. ISBN
9788365283443. Available at the department's library
Polish press (i.e., Gazeta Wyborcza, Polityka, Newsweek Polska).
(available online)
Wielki Słownik Języka Polskiego. Available at: https://wsjp.pl/
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Requirements to pass the subject are as
follows:
- three continuous tests,
- continuous submission of homeworks in Polish after each lesson; each homework can be granted
a maximum of 10 points. Grading - the grade will be lowered for every 4 errors. Failure to submit the
task will be evaluated with 0/10.
In each part of the assessment the student must achieve min. 60% of success. The final grade consists of two
parts, each of them worth half of the final grade: average grade for the homeworks and average
grade for the tests.
If the students achieved at least 60% of the continuous evaluation, they can attend the final exam.
The exam consists of two parts: written test (4 parts: grammar, listening, reading, writing) and oral
exam (picture description + answering a chosen question).
Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 %
B: 92 - 84 %
C: 83 - 76 %
D: 75 - 68 %
E: 67 - 60 %
Fx: 59 - 0 %
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in
the relevant part of the assessment.
Polish, at the min. level B2
1. Grammar exercises: declension and syntax of collective numerals, Polish surnames, and irregular nouns (i.e., brat, ksiądz, sędzia, książę), syntactic exercises, diminutive and augmentation forms.
2. Work with text: press releases and interviews related to subjects, such as culture, advertisement, mass media, etc. Reading and listening exercises, lexical, phraseological, grammar, and stylistic tasks.
3. Discussion on a chosen topics. Expression and argumentation of own opinions, polemics.
4. Writing of argumentative texts and longer professional and journalist texts (i.e., opinion, press release, revision, interview).
5. Polish life and culture: current events in Poland (politics, society, lifestyle, culture).
6. Lexis related to the below-stated topics:
a. world: sayings, superstitions, stereotypes, customs
b. relationships between people: likes, dislikes, diminutives, and augmentations
c. time and its expression
d. healthy food
e. children tales and literature
f. fashion and pop culture
50/50
After completing the course, the students know Polish language at the level C1.1 according
to CEFR standards. They are familiar with the problematic aspects of Polish grammar, lexis, and
phraseology at the corresponding level. They can communicate in written and oral form at a
specialist level on the stated topics. They improve their skills in writing various types of texts. They
understand complex subjects related to Polish life and institutions, and they are aware of the currents events in Poland.
DZIAMSKA-LENART, Gabriela et al. Słownik frazeologiczny z ćwiczeniami dla uczących się
języka polskiego jako obcego [online]. Poznań: Rys, 2021. ISBN 978-83-66666-50-4. Available at:
http://coolfraz.amu.edu.pl/#/slownik-papierowy
Poľsko-slovenský slovník. [online]. Available at: https://slovniky.lingea.sk/polsko-slovensky
LIPIŃSKA, Ewa – DĄBSKA, Elźbieta Grażyna. Kiedyś wrócisz tu... Cz. II (C1). Kraków:
Universitas, 2010. ISBN: 978-83-242-36756.
MAJCHER-LEGAWIEC, Urszula et al. Polak potrafi. O wielkich Polakach w Polsce i na świecie. Kraków: Fundacja Wspierania Kultury i Języka Polskiego im. Mikołaja Reja, 2016. ISBN 9788394316518 8394316514. Available at: http://fundacjareja.eu/polak-potrafi-spis-tresci/
ZARYCH, Elżbieta. Język kluczem do kraju (C1/C2). Poznań: Nowela 2018. ISBN
9788365283443. Available at the faculty´s department
Polish press (i.e. Gazeta Wyborcza, Polityka, Newsweek. Polska).
(available online)
Wielki Słownik Języka Polskiego. Available at: https://wsjp.pl/
Certyfikat polski. Available at: http://certyfikatpolski.pl/
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Requirements to pass the subject are as
follows:
- three continuous tests,
- continuous submission of homeworks in Polish after each lesson; each homework can be granted
a maximum of 10 points. Grading - the grade will be lowered for every 4 errors. Failure to submit the task will be evaluated with 0/10.
In each part of the assessment the student must achieve min. 60% of success. The final grade consists of two
parts, each of them worth half of the final grade: average grade for the homeworks and average
grade for the tests.
If the students achieved at least 60% from the continuous evaluation, they can attend the final exam.
The exam consists of two parts: written test (4 parts: grammar, listening, reading, writing) and oral
exam (picture description + answering a chosen question).
Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 %
B: 92 - 84 %
C: 83 - 76 %
D: 75 - 68 %
E: 67 - 60 %
Fx: 59 - 0 %
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in
the relevant part of the assessment.
Polist at the min. level B2.2
1. Grammar exercises: sentence syntax (conjunctions, syntactic errors), punctuation, declension, and syntax of numerals, problematic aspects of word formation, the orthography of loanwords.
2. Work with text: press releases and articles related to subjects, such as politics, economy, law, science, recent history, etc. Reading and listening exercises, lexical, phraseological, grammar, and stylistic tasks.
3. Lexical and grammatical analysis of chosen specialized texts. Expansion of lexis related to science. Preparation of terminological dictionaries.
4. Writing of abstract, paper, notes to scientific work.
5. Solving exercises and exemplary certification tests at the level C1.
5. Polish life and institutions: Polish history after 1939, Holocaust, resistance and opposition activity, the Katyn massacre, the Warsaw Uprising, Stalinism, the Political Thaw, 1989 and Communism Collapse, the Smolensk tragedy.
50/50
After completing the course, the students know the Polish language at the level C1 according
to CEFR standards. They have rich lexical and phraseological knowledge on the corresponding level. They understand complex, and problematic aspects of Polish grammar, lexis, and they can use them in written and oral form using different styles. They are aware of the rules and forms of the certification exam of Polish at the level C1.
DZIAMSKA-LENART, Gabriela et al. Słownik frazeologiczny z ćwiczeniami dla uczących się
języka polskiego jako obcego [online]. Poznań: Rys, 2021. ISBN 978-83-66666-50-4. Available at:
http://coolfraz.amu.edu.pl/#/slownik-papierowy
Egzaminy certyfikatowe z języka polskiego jako obcego. [online] Available at: https://certyfikatpolski.pl/
Poľsko-slovenský slovník. [online]. Available at: https://slovniky.lingea.sk/polsko-slovensky
LIPIŃSKA, Ewa – DĄBSKA, Elżbieta Grażyna: Kiedyś wrócisz tu... Cz. II (C1). Kraków:
Universitas, 2010. ISBN: 978-83-242-36756.
MAJCHER-LEGAWIEC, Urszula et al. Polak potrafi. O wielkich Polakach w Polsce i na świecie. Kraków: Fundacja Wspierania Kultury i Języka Polskiego im. Mikołaja Reja, 2016. ISBN 9788394316518 8394316514. Available at: http://fundacjareja.eu/polak-potrafi-spis-tresci/
ZARYCH, Elżbieta: Język kluczem do kraju (C1/C2). Poznań: Nowela, 2018. ISBN 9788365283443. Available at the faculty's library.
Polish press (i.e., Gazeta Wyborcza, Polityka, Newsweek. Polska). (available online)
Wielki Słownik Języka Polskiego. Available at: https://wsjp.pl/
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Requirements to pass the subject are as
follows:
- two continuous tests,
- continuous submission of homeworks in Polish after each lesson; each homework can be granted
a maximum of 10 points. Grading - the grade will be lowered for every 4 errors. Failure to submit the task will be evaluated with 0/10.
- presentation of the chosen grammar topic during the semester.
In each part of the assessment must achieve min. 60% of success. The final grade consists of two
parts, each of them worth half of the final grade: average grade for the homeworks and average
grade for the tests.
The student must achieve at least 60% from the continuous evaluation to pass the course.
Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 %
B: 92 - 84 %
C: 83 - 76 %
D: 75 - 68 %
E: 67 - 60 %
Fx: 59 - 0 %
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in
the relevant part of the assessment.
Polish at the min. level C1
1. Grammar and stylistic exercises: problematic aspects of word formation and syntax.
2. Sentence transformation. Correction of stylistic errors.
3. Revision of the theory of Polish grammar: parts of speech and sentence, types of phraseologisms, types of sentences.
4. Work with text: journalistic and literary texts on various topics. Reading and listening comprehension exercises, lexical, phraseological, and grammatical exercises.
5. Lexical and grammatical analysis of the chosen literary texts.
6. Writing of a column and essay.
7. Solving exemplary exercises and certification tests at the level C1.
8. Polish life and institutions: Poles and Poland in the EU, the relation between Poland and the neighboring countries or minorities, national stereotypes and superstitions in the past and present.
100/0
After completing the course, the students know the Polish language at the level C1 according
to CEFR standards. They have rich lexical and phraseological knowledge on the corresponding
level. They understand complex and problematic aspects of Polish grammar, lexis, and they can
use them in written and oral form using different styles. They are aware of the rules and forms of
the certification exam of Polish at the level C1, and they are prepared to pass the state exam in Polish at the corresponding level.
KNEZ, Mihaela, PONIKVAR, Andreja a JERMAN, Tanja. Oblike v oblakih. Slovnične preglednice. Ľubľana: Filozofska fakulteta, 2017. ISBN: 978-961-237-936-3.
LEČIČ, Rada. Basic grammar of the Slovene language language. Cerkno: Gaya, 2012. ISBN: 978-961-92674-1-7.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 3a - učbenik. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2009. ISBN: 978-961-237-283-5.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 3a - delovni zvezek. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2009. ISBN: 978-961-237-282-8.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav. Slovensko-slovinská konverzačná príručka. Bratislava. 2008. ISBN: 978-80-223-2459-5.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša. Slovinský jazyk v praxi 1. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN: 978-80-223-3832-5.
Slovenian dictionaries at www.fran.si
Students are expected to actively participate in the lesson, in the group and pair activities and they are required to prepare homework continuously. The overall assessment consists of the following components:
a) Continuous written work during the semester: two continuous tests to verify grammar competences and oral presentation of a selected conversation topic
b) In the examination period: a final exam consisting of a written test aimed at understanding of a recorded speech, verifying grammar knowledge and creating short (in the range of 70 - 80 words) and longer written text (in the range of 200 to 220 words).
In all parts of the evaluation, the student must achieve at least 60% success.
Grading scale (in %):
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The exact date and topics of the continuous evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester. The dates for the final test will be announced through AIS no later than in the last week of the instruction period. The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences with documentation. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak/Slovenian
1. Revision of basic grammatical structures.
2. Life of an individual in the society, personality traits, leisure time. Morphological properties of the verb in Slovenian. Cases without prepositions, their use to express time, place and other circumstances.
3. Famous personalities, celebrities vs. personalities, pros and cons of popularity. The use of a verb, the agreement of the l-participle in sentences with or without a subject that is not in the nominative. Expressing feelings and conditions. Semantic gradation (ne samo - ampak tudi, ne le - ampak tudi, niti - niti, ne - ne).
4. Traveling, getting to know different cultures. Cases and prepositions, their use to express time, place, and other circumstances.
5. Tourism, mass tourism and its impact on countries and their inhabitants. Combining the preposition with pronoun in the accusative, creation, and use. Participles on -n, -t.
6. Different countries, their geographical diversity and economic situation. Relational adjectives, their creation (endings -ni, -ski/ški, -čki, -ov/-ev, -nji, -ji), rules of creating.
7. Historical, cultural, and natural attractions, guided tours. Impersonal substantive pronouns, their division and use (Part 1).
8. Slovenian personalities involved in shaping the national identity. Syntactic schemes: expressing the cause and explanation.
9. Slovenian traditional cuisine, crafts. Syntactic schemes: expressing contradiction and admission.
10. Notable events of Slovenian history, history of Slovenian ethnic territory. Impersonal substantive pronouns, their division and use (Part 2).
11. Napoleon and the Slovenians, World War I and Slovenian territory. Numerals in Slovenian, ordinal numerals. Declension of words and phrases with indefinite numerals.
12. Final revision, test.
50/50
Students have knowledge of the Slovenian language, life and institutions at the advanced level (B2 to C1) – according to the standards of the educational program Slovenian language for foreigners (lexicology of the Slovenian language, culture and stylistics of language expression, work with specialized text, reading comprehension, basics of translation theory, creation of texts of various genres). After completing the course, the students understand more complex texts on specific or abstract topics, interact continuously and spontaneously in conversation, they can create texts on various topics, explain opinion on a thematic matter, indicating the advantages and disadvantages of various options. They are also familiar with the basic issues of translation and are able to translate literary, journalistic or specialized text from Slovenian into Slovak. They have deeper knowledge about the Slovenian life and institutions.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja – KNEZ, Mihaela – ŠOBA, Nina – STRITAR, Mojca. Slovenska beseda v živo 3A. Učbenik za izpopolnjevalni tečaj slovenščine kot drugega/tujega jezika. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2009. ISBN 978-961-237-283-5.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja – KNEZ, Mihaela – ŠOBA, Nina – STRITAR, Mojca. Slovenska beseda v živo 3A. Delovni zvezek. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2009. ISBN 978-961-237-282-8.
KNEZ, Mihaela – PONIKVAR, Andreja – JERMAN, Tanja. Oblike v oblakih. Slovnične preglednice. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2017. ISBN 978-961-237-836-3.
Fran, slovarji Inštituta za slovenski jezik Frana Ramovša ZRC SAZU [online]. ©2014-, različica 8.0. Available at: https://fran.si/
Viri Centra za jezikovne vire in tehnologije [online]. CJVT UL. Available at: https://www.cjvt.si/viri-in-orodja/slovarji-in-leksikoni/
MMC RTV Slovenija (ISSN 1581-372X) [online]. ©1995-. Available at: https://www.rtvslo.si/
a) continuous written work during the semester: two continuous tests to verify grammar competences and vocabulary and oral presentation of a selected conversation topic;
b) in the examination period: a final exam consisting of a written test aimed at understanding of a recorded and written speech, verifying grammar knowledge and vocabulary and creating short (in the range of 70 - 80 words) and longer written text (in the range of 200 to 220 words).
In all parts of the evaluation, the student must achieve at least 60% success.
Grading scale (in %):
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak/Slovenian
1. Revision of the topic Slovenians in space and time.
2. Impersonal substantive pronouns (revision).
3. Numerals (cardinal and ordinal).
4. Are you interested in politics? (Government of the Republic of Slovenia, women in politics, diplomacy).
5. Relative pronouns in the function of conjunctions.
6. Word order in affirmative and negative sentences.
7. Important personalities who have changed the world.
8. Slovenia and the European Union.
9. Military missions abroad.
10. Participles ending with -č
11. Transgressive with -č, -e, -aje.
12. Writing upper-case and lower-case letters in Slovenian language.
40% continuously, 60% in the examination period
After completing the course, the students have knowledge of the Slovenian language, life and institutions at the level (B2 – C1) – according to the standards of the educational program Slovenian for foreigners (they master widespread vocabulary and terminology in the field of politics, history, media, social life, nature conservation, contemporary issues, etc., understand phraseological units, master more demanding grammatical phenomena and can use them in various communication situations and in written text). They have rich knowledge of Slovenian life and institutions, they are familiar with current events in Slovenia.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja – KNEZ, Mihaela – ŠOBA, Nina – STRITAR, Mojca. Slovenska beseda v živo 3B. Učbenik za izpopolnjevalni tečaj slovenščine kot drugega/tujega jezika. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2009. ISBN 978-961-237-324-5.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja – KNEZ, Mihaela – ŠOBA, Nina – STRITAR, Mojca. Slovenska beseda v živo 3A. Delovni zvezek. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2009. ISBN 978-961-237-325-2.
KNEZ, Mihaela – PONIKVAR, Andreja – JERMAN, Tanja. Oblike v oblakih. Slovnične preglednice. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2017. ISBN 978-961-237-836-3.
Fran, slovarji Inštituta za slovenski jezik Frana Ramovša ZRC SAZU [online]. ©2014-, različica 8.0. Available at: https://fran.si/
Viri Centra za jezikovne vire in tehnologije [online]. CJVT UL. Available at: https://www.cjvt.si/viri-in-orodja/slovarji-in-leksikoni/
MMC RTV Slovenija (ISSN 1581-372X) [online]. ©1995-. Available at: https://www.rtvslo.si/
a) continuous written work during the semester: two continuous tests to verify grammar competences and vocabulary and oral presentation of a selected conversation topic;
b) in the examination period: a final exam consisting of a written test aimed at understanding of a recorded and written speech, verifying grammar knowledge and vocabulary and creating short (in the range of 70 - 80 words) and longer written text (in the range of 200 to 220 words).
In all parts of the evaluation, the student must achieve at least 60% success.
Grading scale (in %):
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak/English
1. Problems and phenomena of modern society.
2. The role of women in the past and present.
3. Volunteer activities.
4. Youth, their language and lifestyle.
5. The economic crisis, the refugee problem.
6. Impersonal adjectival pronouns.
7. Overview of syntactic models in Slovenian.
8. The impact of media and social networks on contemporary society.
9. Slovenian cinematography.
10. Conjunctions in Slovenian language.
11. Text creation (linking words and referring to something).
12. Drafting a political commentary.
40% continuously, 60% in the examination period
After completing the course, the students have knowledge of the Slovenian language, life and institutions at the level C1 – according to the standards of the educational program Slovenian for foreigners (they master widespread vocabulary and terminology in the field of politics, media, social life, nature conservation, contemporary issues, etc., understand phraseological units, master more demanding grammatical phenomena and can use them in various communication situations and in written text). They have knowledge of Slovenian life and institutions, and they are familiar with the current events in Slovenia.
KNEZ, Mihaela, PONIKVAR, Andreja a JERMAN, Tanja. Oblike v oblakih. Slovnične preglednice. Ľubľana: Filozofska fakulteta, 2017. ISBN: 978-961-237-936-3.
LEČIČ, Rada. Basic grammar of the Slovene language language. Cerkno: Gaya, 2012. ISBN: 978-961-92674-1-7.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 3b - učbenik. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2009. ISBN: 978-961-237-324-5.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 3b - delovni zvezek. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2009. ISBN: 978-961-237-325-2.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav. Slovensko-slovinská konverzačná príručka. Bratislava. 2008. ISBN: 978-80-223-2459-5.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša. Slovinský jazyk v praxi 1. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN: 978-80-223-3832-5.
Slovenian dictionaries at www.fran.si
Students are expected to actively participate in the lesson, in the group and pair activities and they are required to prepare homework continuously (50 points). At the end of the semester, the students take a final test (50 points) consisting of a written part aimed at understanding recorded text, verifying grammatical knowledge and creating short (in the range of 70 - 80 words) and longer written text (in the range of 200 to 220 words).
In all parts of the evaluation, the student must achieve at least 60% success.
Grading scale:
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The exact date and topics of the continuous evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester. The dates for the final test will be announced through AIS no later than in the last week of the instruction period. The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences with documentation. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak/Slovenian
1. Technology at the service of humankind, word order of noun phrases, accusative.
2. Famous personalities of Slovenian science, word formation of verbs.
3. The world of business and entrepreneurship, social contacts, types of companies, revision - nouns and adjectives.
4. Advertisements, principles of business correspondence, revision - pronouns.
5. Slovenian economy, revision - verbs.
6. Banks and banking, revision - numerals and adverbs.
7. Legal and corporate texts, guides, contracts, their translation. Revision - conjunctions and prepositions.
8. Practice of simultaneous and consecutive interpreting from Slovenian into Slovak. Revision - particles and interjections.
9. Revision.
100/0
The students have knowledge of the Slovenian language, life and institutions at the advanced level (C1) – according to the standards of the educational program Slovenian for foreigners (expanding the vocabulary, broadening the knowledge of the (non) standard Slovenian language, working with specialized text, reading comprehension, understanding complex opinions, etc.). After completing the course, they are able to use the language effectively and flexibly, coherently and spontaneously express their ideas, understand a wide range of difficult, long sentences, write a clear, properly structured and detailed text, demonstrating the ability of controlled creation of meaningful and correct sentences. They have knowledge of Slovenian life and institutions, and they are well acquainted with the current events in Slovenia.
GABRÍKOVÁ, Adela et al. Krížom-krážom. Slovenčina B2. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. učebnica + 2CD. ISBN 9788022336604.
ŽIGO, Pavol a kol. Slovacicum. Kapitoly z dejín slovenskej kultúry. Bratislava: Academic
Electronic Press, 2004. ISBN 8088880564.
ŽIGOVÁ, Ľudmila. Praktikum zo slovenskej gramatiky a ortografie pre cudzincov B1 – B2 Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 9788022338349.
standardization reference books and dictionaries (PSP, PSV, KSSJ, SSS, SSSJ)
slovnik.juls.savba.sk
selected articles from contemporary Slovak newspapers (Denník Sme, Denník N, týždenník .týždeň)
TV News
podcasts in Slovak
Course requirements:
Students are allowed no more than four absences during the semester.
For completing the course, the requirements are as follows:
- One mid-term test and a final exam,
- Every other week a pop quiz for testing knowledge of a chosen grammar rule, or reading or listening comprehension. The pop quiz earns a max. of 10 points; grammar test grading: -0.25 points for errors; reading and listening comprehension grading: -1 point for incorrect answers,
- Submitting preliminary assignments in the Slovak language after every lesson,
- Writing altogether four essays on selected topics – one essay earns a max. of 20 points. The essay grading considers four categories: language accuracy, stylistics, form, and content. Failure to submit an essay results in 0/20 points.
In all segments of assessment students must earn a score of at least 60%. The preliminary score is the average of partial scores: average score for pop quizzes + score for the mid-term test + average score for the essays.
If students achieve a 60% average score, they are allowed to take the final exam. The final exam consists of two parts: a test (consisting of four segments: grammar, listening, reading, writing) and a spoken part (students choose a random question from among topics covered in the course).
Violation of academic ethics will be punished according to a degree of their importance from lowering of the grade result up to submitting a proposal on disciplinary proceeding.
Grading scale:
A: 100 – 92%
B: 91 – 84%
C: 83 – 76%
D: 75 – 68%
E: 67 – 60%
Fx: 59 – 0%
Value of preliminary / final score: 50/50
Only for students, who are non-native Slovak speakers
Topics:
1. Lifestyle of Young People – Trends in Youth Life, Changes in Lifestyle
Taking care of physical health – eating habits, exercise and physical activity, sleep and recovery
Taking care of mental health – coping with stress, social media and mental health, the influencer phenomenon, work-life balance, virtual reality
2. Travelling and Its Benefits for Individuals
Learning about other cultures, seeing the world from different perspectives, understanding connections
Advantages and disadvantages of travelling alone or in a group, backpacking vs. flashpacking, travelling as a trend
Tourism and its impact on a country – mass tourism vs. sustainable tourism, responsible tourist behaviour, tourism regulations, tourism after the pandemic
Digital nomads – pros and cons, how to combine work and travel
3. Work and Employment
The importance of work in a person’s life (different aspects of work), the impact of unemployment on individuals
Work relationships, rights and responsibilities of employers and employees, the ideal employee and employer, criteria for choosing an employee
Job interview – how to prepare, dos and don’ts, specifics of online interviews
4. Media and the World of Information
An overview of the history of different types of media, their advantages and disadvantages
Traditional vs. alternative media – fact-checking, disinformation, media and propaganda, conspiracy theories and their popularity
Social media and its impact – young people and media literacy (critical thinking, online discussions, trolling, hate speech)
The future of media – artificial intelligence and content creation, virtual reality
Work methods:
Working with articles from the press, contemporary issues in the media,
Authentic texts and recordings,
Lexical, grammatical and stylistic exercises.
50/50
Students have a good knowledge of the grammatical structure of the Slovak language, can use correct forms adequately in both speaking and writing, make few errors, which do not lead to miscommunication. The students can join spontaneous conversation with native speakers and speak fluently, they are capable of discussing socially relevant topics as well as more specific issues within their own field. They can present their own opinions, make and support an argument and compare linguistic and cultural contexts on the upper intermediate language proficiency level of B2.
GABRÍKOVÁ, Adela et al. Krížom-krážom. Slovenčina B2. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. učebnica + 2CD. ISBN 9788022336604.
ŽIGO, Pavol a kol. Slovacicum. Kapitoly z dejín slovenskej kultúry. Bratislava: Academic Electronic Press, 2004. ISBN 8088880564.
ŽIGOVÁ, Ľudmila. Praktikum zo slovenskej gramatiky a ortografie pre cudzincov B1 – B2 Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 9788022338349.
standardization reference books and dictionaries (PSP, PSV, KSSJ, SSS, SSSJ)
slovnik.juls.savba.sk
selected articles from contemporary Slovak newspapers (Denník Sme, Denník N, týždenník .týždeň)
TV News
podcasts in Slovak
Students are allowed no more than four absences during the semester.
For completing the course, the requirements are as follows:
- One mid-term test and a final exam,
- Every other week a pop quiz for testing knowledge of a chosen grammar rule, or reading or listening comprehension. The pop quiz earns a max. of 10 points, the grammar quiz grading is: -0.25 points for errors, reading and listening comprehension grading: -1 point for incorrect answers,
- Submitting preliminary assignments in the Slovak language after every lesson,
- Writing altogether four essays on selected topics – one essay earns a max. of 20 points. The essay grading considers four categories: language accuracy, stylistics, form, and content. Failure to submit an essay results in 0/20 points.
In all segments of assessment students must earn a score of at least 60%. The preliminary score is the average of partial scores: average score for pop quizzes + score for the mid-term test + average score for the essays.
If students achieve a 60% average score, they are allowed to take the final exam. The final exam consists of two parts: a test (consisting of four segments: grammar, listening, reading, writing) and a spoken part (students choose a random question from among topics covered in the course).
Violation of academic ethics will be punished according to a degree of their importance from lowering of the grade result up to submitting a proposal on disciplinary proceeding.
Grading scale:
A: 100 – 92%
B: 91 – 84%
C: 83 – 76%
D: 75 – 68%
E: 67 – 60%
Fx: 59 – 0%
Value of preliminary / final score: 50/50
Slovak
Only for students, who are non-native Slovak speakers
Topics:
1. Family and Its Functions
The modern family in Slovakia and in my country, types of partnerships and cohabitation
Family and intergenerational living – characteristics of my generation and comparison with others, generational views and priorities, intergenerational relationships
The role of men and women in society – gender (in)equality, male/female dominance in certain fields, ways to improve the situation of women
2. Ecology in Practice
What individuals can do to protect the environment (responsible consumption, recycling, changing eating habits)
Climate change – causes, the future of our planet and possible solutions (sustainable development, renewable resources, biodiversity protection), making money from the green lifestyle (greenwashing)
Ecology and education, ecological activism
3. Money in Our Lives
Attitudes towards money, financial literacy, earning vs. spending
Social differences – social stratification in Slovakia before and after 1989, social problems, wealth vs. poverty
Social solidarity, the role of the state, ways to reduce social differences (social benefits, etc.)
Work methods:
Developing argumentation, working with argumentation texts,
Authentic texts and recordings,
Lexical, grammatical and stylistic exercises.
50/50
Students have a good knowledge of the grammatical structure of the Slovak language, can use correct forms adequately when expressing themselves. The students can join in spontaneous conversation with native speakers and speak fluently, they are capable of discussing known topics as well as issues from their own field. They can present their own opinions and support an argument and compare linguistic and cultural contexts on the upper intermediate language proficiency level of B2.
KÁZMEROVÁ, Ľubica. Výchova a vzdelávanie v siločiarach času. Bratislava: Veda, 2020. ISBN 9788022418676.
VOHNOUT, Juraj. Slovensko / lokality UNESCO. Bratislava: Fotovideoshop, 2019. ISBN 9788097331009.
ZBOJEK, Ján. Šlabikár podnikania. Košice: Paco Fin, 2012. ISBN 9788096975952.
Úrad vlády Slovenskej republiky: https://archiv.vlada.gov.sk/old.uv/7887/slovenskoc424.html?menu=1265
https://profil.kultury.sk/sk/statny-system/
https://www.minedu.sk/data/att/10890.pdf
standardization reference books and dictionaries (PSP, PSV, KSSJ, SSS, SSSJ)
slovnik.juls.savba.sk
selected articles from contemporary Slovak newspapers (Denník Sme, Denník N, týždenník .týždeň)
TV News
podcasts in Slovak
Students are allowed no more than four absences during the semester.
For completing the course, the requirements are as follows:
- One mid-term test and a final exam,
- Every other week a pop quiz for testing knowledge of a chosen grammar rule, or reading or listening comprehension. The pop quiz earns a max. of 10 points, the grammar quiz grading: -0.25 points for errors, reading and listening comprehension grading: -1 point for incorrect answers,
- Submitting preliminary assignments in the Slovak language after every lesson,
- Writing altogether four essays on select topics – one essay earns a max. of 20 points. The essay grading considers four categories: language accuracy, stylistics, form, and content. Failure to submit an essay results in 0/20 points.
In all segments of assessment students must earn a score of a min. of 60%. The preliminary score is the average of partial scores: average score for pop quizzes + score for the preliminary test + average score of the essays.
If students achieve 60% average score, they are allowed to take the final exam. The final exam consists of two parts: a test (consisting of four segments: grammar, listening, reading, writing), spoken part (students choose a random question from topics covered in the course).
Violation of academic ethics will be punished according to a degree of their importance from lowering of the grade result up to submitting a proposal on disciplinary proceeding.
Grading scale:
A: 100 – 92%
B: 91 – 84%
C: 83 – 76%
D: 75 – 68%
E: 67 – 60%
Fx: 59 – 0%
Value of preliminary / final score: 50/50
Slovak - B2/C1
Only for students, who are non-native Slovak speakers
Topics:
1. Political System in Slovakia - parliamentary democracy, The parliament, the government, the president and their responsibilities
Slovakia’s international position, the European Union, Slovakia’s international direction, Slovakia’s representation in EU institutions, adoption of the euro and its consequences, NATO, the Council of Europe, international treaties and their ratification
2. Slovakia and Its Regions
The importance of individual regions and natural and cultural attractions in each region
3. UNESCO World Heritage Sites in Slovakia
Work methods:
Verbal and non-verbal communication tools,
Authentic texts and recordings,
Lexical, grammatical and stylistic exercises.
50/50
Students can join in spontaneous conversation with native speakers quite easily, they are capable of expressing themselves clearly and without problems regarding any topic. They can present their own opinions and support their arguments. They have good knowledge of the grammatical structure of Slovak, use correct forms and constructions in speaking and writing and make mistakes rarely. They can vary their speech, use idioms and stylistically varied vocabulary (colloquial as well as formal expressions).
DEMPSEY, Amy. Moderné umenie. Bratislava: Slovart, 2020. ISBN 9788055643984.
DOLNÍK, Juraj. Všeobecná jazykoveda. Bratislava: Veda, 2010. ISBN 9788022410786y.
JAKSICSOVÁ, Vlasta. Kultúra v dejinách. Bratislava: Veda, 2012. ISBN 9788022412384.
ONDREJOVIČ, Slavomír. Jazyk, veda o jazyku, societa. Bratislava: Veda, 2008. ISBN 9788022409940.
TANCER, Jozef. Rozviazané jazyky. Bratislava: Slovart, 2016. ISBN 9788055624587.
standardization reference books and dictionaries (PSP, PSV, KSSJ, SSS, SSSJ)
slovnik.juls.savba.sk
selected articles from contemporary Slovak newspapers (Denník Sme, Denník N, týždenník .týždeň)
TV News
podcasts in Slovak
Students are allowed no more than two absences during the semester.
For completing the course, the requirements are as follows:
- One preliminary test and a final exam,
- Every other week a pop quiz for testing knowledge of a chosen grammar rule, or reading or listening comprehension. The pop quiz earns a max. of 10 points, the grammar quiz grading: -0.25 points for errors, reading and listening comprehension grading: -1 point for incorrect answers,
- Submitting preliminary assignments in the Slovak language after every lesson,
- Writing altogether three essays on select topics – one essay earns a max. of 20 points. The essay grading considers four categories: language accuracy, stylistics, form, and content. Failure to submit an essay results in 0/20 points.
In all segments of assessment students must earn a score of a min. of 60%. The preliminary score is the average of partial scores: average score for pop quizzes + score for the preliminary test + average score of the essays.
If students achieve 60% average score, they are allowed to take the final exam. The final exam consists of two parts: a test (consisting of three segments: grammar, listening, reading), spoken part (students choose a random question from topics covered in the course).
Violation of academic ethics will be punished according to a degree of their importance from lowering of the grade result up to submitting a proposal on disciplinary proceeding.
Grading scale:
A: 100 – 92%
B: 91 – 84%
C: 83 – 76%
D: 75 – 68%
E: 67 – 60%
Fx: 59 – 0%
Slovak - C1
Only for students, who are non-native Slovak speakers.
Topics:
1. Culture in My Life and in Society
Favourite cultural forms, authors, works, the importance of developing culture
Contemporary art – traditional vs. modern values, the line between art and commerce, globalization in culture and the arts, art and new technologies, civic engagement of artists
2. Language as Part of Culture
Major and minority languages, endangered languages, dialects
Language and identity – language and culture, language and the interpretation of the world
Language situation in Slovakia – languages spoken in Slovakia, development of the Slovak standard language, attitudes towards the standard language, language policy
3. Science and Understanding the World
The importance of science, the role of science and scientists in society, trust in science, rationality vs. irrationality in today’s world
Education and science – how technology has changed education, artificial intelligence and learning
Modern technologies in our lives – pros and cons, how modern technologies speed up our lives
Work methods:
Working with scholarly articles from various fields
Stylistic exercises focusing on language culture and phraseology
Analysis, interpretation and production of scholarly texts, writing a final paper
50/50
The students develop their knowledge of grammatical and stylistic construction of the Slovak language, they can interpret and independently create texts in various communicational areas, they are familiar with phraseological expressions and can use them accurately. The students can join in spontaneous conversation with native speakers and discuss topics from their own field and related disciplines, present their own opinions, support their arguments and compare linguistic and cultural contexts on the language proficiency level of C1.
WAWRZYNIAK, Kinga. Polski na A. Część 1. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2021. ISBN 978-80-223-5267-3
MAŁOLEPSZA, Małgorzata, SZYMKIEWICZ, Aneta. Hurra!!! Po polsku 1. Podręcznik studenta. Kraków: Prolog, 2010. ISBN 978-83-60229-24-8
PANČÍKOVÁ, Marta, STEFAŃCZYK, Wiesław. Po tamtej stronie Tatr. Kraków: Universitas, 2003. ISBN 83-242-0198-X
OBERTOVÁ, Zuzana. Polski na A. Część I. Zeszyt ćwiczeń. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2021. ISBN 978-80-223-5281-9
In the instruction period, the students write two continuous tests to verify the language skills acquired. The evaluation includes two written texts on the topics assigned by the teacher during the semester, related to the topics studied (e.g., description of yourself and your family, description of the day, recipe, etc.).
In the examination period, the students take the final exam, which consists of the following parts: grammar, listening comprehension, reading comprehension, writing, speaking.
In all parts of the evaluation, the student must achieve at least 60% success.
Grading scale:
A: 100 - 93%
B: 92 - 84%
C: 83 - 76%
D: 75 - 68%
E: 67 - 60%
Fx: 59 - 0%
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak language
1. Basic information about Poland. Alphabet and pronunciation. Basic rules of Polish spelling.
2. Introducing ourselves, formal and informal communication. Nominative. Personal and demonstrative pronouns.
3. Personal identity: occupations, nationality. Instrumental.
4. Interests, age. Cardinal numerals.
5. Family and home. Possessive pronouns. Accusative.
6. Daily activities and leisure. Present tense.
7. Restaurant, shop. Genitive.
8. Polish national cuisine.
9. Determining the time, calendar. Ordinal numerals.
10. Past tense. Writing a personal letter.
11. New Year's plans. Future tense.
12. Christmas in Poland.
40/60
After successful completion of the course, the students have knowledge of Polish language at the beginner level A1.1 according to CEFR standards. They master Polish orthography and pronunciation. They are able to understand written text as well as audio recordings on the topics covered, they are able to have a simple dialogue and write a short text in the Polish language. At the theoretical and practical level, they know the regular declension and conjugation of parts of speech along with the most frequently occurring irregularities. They have basic knowledge of Polish life and institutions.
978-80-223-5267-3
KRZEMPEK, Monika. Polski na A. Część II. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. 978–80–223–3829-5
BURKAT, Agnieszka, JASIŃSKA, Agnieszka. Hurra!!! Po polsku 2. Podręcznik studenta. Kraków: Prolog, 2010. ISBN 978-83-60229-26-2
In the instruction period, the students write two continuous tests to verify the language skills acquired. The evaluation includes two written texts on the topics assigned by the teacher during the semester, related to the topics studied (e.g., description of a selected Polish city, comparison of holidays in Slovakia and Poland, advertisement, postcard, etc.). The student may have a maximum of two absences during the semester and must achieve a minimum of 60% success rate in all parts of the assessment.
Grading scale:
A: 100 - 93%
B: 92 - 84%
C: 83 - 76%
D: 75 - 68%
E: 67 - 60%
Fx: 59 - 0%
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak, Polish at the level A1.1
1. Description of the city, giving directions in the city. Locative.
2. Tourist attractions and landmarks in Poland.
3. Weather, weather forecast, seasons.
4. Easter in Poland, traditional dishes.
5. Description of an apartment, writing an advertisement, nominative, and accusative in plural. 7. Clothes, fashion.
6. Health and human body. Verb "powinien".
7. Traveling, vacation. Verbs of motion, writing postcard.
8. Jobs, professions. Nominative in plural (nouns), writing curriculum and cover letter.
9. Personality traits. Nominative in plural (adjectives).
10. Interpersonal relationships. Complex sentences.
11. Stages of life, dative.
40/60
After successful completion of the course, the students have knowledge of the Polish language at the beginner level A1.2 according to CEFR standards. They master Polish orthography and pronunciation. They are able to understand written text as well as audio recordings on the topics covered, they are able to have a simple dialogue and write a short text in the Polish language. At the theoretical and practical level, they know the regular declension and conjugation of parts of speech along with the most frequently occurring irregularities. They have basic knowledge of Polish life and institutions.
KRZEMPEK, Monika. Polski na A. Część II. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave,
2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3829-5.
BURKAT, Agnieszka – JASIŃSKA, Agnieszka. Hurra!!! Po polsku 2 (A2). Kraków: Prolog,
2010. ISBN 9788360229347.
BURKAT, Agnieszka et al. Hurra!!! Po polsku 3 (B1). Kraków: Prolog, 2010. ISBN
978-8360229286.
DZIAMSKA-LENART, Gabriela et al. Słownik frazeologiczny z ćwiczeniami dla uczących się
języka polskiego jako obcego [online]. Poznań: Rys, 2021. ISBN 978-83-66666-50-4. Available at:
http://coolfraz.amu.edu.pl/#/slownik-papierowy
Poľsko-slovenský slovník. [online]. Available at: https://slovniky.lingea.sk/polsko-slovensky
Encyklopedia PWN. Available at: encyklopedia.pwn.pl
Wielki Słownik Języka Polskiego. Available at: wsjp.pl
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Requirements to pass the subject are as
follows:
- three continuous tests,
- continuous submission of homeworks in Polish after each lesson; each homework can be granted
a maximum of 10 points. Grading - the grade will be lowered for every 4 errors. Failure to submit the task will be evaluated with 0/10.
In each part of the assessment must achieve min. 60% of success. The final grade consists of two
parts, each of them worth half of the final grade: average grade for the homeworks and average
grade for the tests.
If the students obtained at least 60% of the continuous evaluation, they can attend the final exam.
The exam consists of two parts: written test (4 parts: grammar, listening, reading, writing) and oral
exam (picture description + answering a chosen question).
Grading scale:
100 - 93 % - A
92 - 84 % - B
83 - 76% - C
75 - 68 % - D
67 - 60% - E
59 % or less - Fx
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in
the relevant part of the assessment.
Polish min. at the level A2
1. Widening of the lexis and conversational exercises:
a. country life vs. city life
b. plants and animals,
c. interpersonal relationships,
d. health and hygiene,
e. sport.
2. Grammar exercises:
a. revision and practice of the studied material,
b. gradability of adjectives and adverbs,
c. Dative,
d. imperative and conditional,
e. passive voice.
3. Writing:
a. characteristics,
b. argumentative text,
c. complaint.
4. Polish life and institutions:
a. important cities and attractions,
b. regional differences and dialects,
c. milestones in Polish history.
50/50
After completing the course, the students have knowledge of Polish language at the level B1 according to CEFR standards. They know wider lexis, they have basic phraseological knowledge, communication skills on the corresponding level. The students know basic aspects of the norms of the Polish language. They understand longer written and oral texts, they can write various types of texts. They have a solid knowledge of Polish life and institutions.
KRZEMPEK, Monika. Polski na A. Część II. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave,
2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3829-5.
BURKAT, Agnieszka et al. Hurra!!! Po polsku 3 (B1). Kraków: Prolog, 2010.ISBN
978-8360229286.
DZIAMSKA-LENART, Gabriela et al. Słownik frazeologiczny z ćwiczeniami dla uczących się
języka polskiego jako obcego [online]. Poznań: Rys, 2021. ISBN 978-83-66666-50-4. Available at:
http://coolfraz.amu.edu.pl/#/slownik-papierowy
Poľsko-slovenský slovník. [online]. Available at: https://slovniky.lingea.sk/polsko-slovensky
Encyklopedia PWN. Available at: encyklopedia.pwn.pl
Wielki Słownik Języka Polskiego. Available at: wsjp.pl
ZAKRZEWSKA-VERDUGO, Magdalena. Polski na A. Część III. Bratislava: Univerzita
Komenského v Bratislave, 2020. ISBN 978-80-223-5037-2 (unpublished lecture notes available in MS Teams).
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Requirements to pass the subject are as
follows:
- two continuous tests,
- continuous submission of homeworks in Polish after each session; each homework can be granted
a maximum of 10 points. Grading - the grade will be lowered for every 4 errors. Failure to submit the task will be evaluated with 0/10.
- presentation of the chosen grammar topic during the semester.
In each part of the assessment must achieve min. 60% of success. The final grade consists of two
parts, each of them worth half of the final grade: average grade for the homeworks and average
grade for the tests.
The student must achieve at least 60% from the continuous evaluation to pass the course.
Grading scale:
100 - 93 % - A
92 - 84 % - B
83 - 76% - C
75 - 68 % - D
67 - 60% - E
59 % or less - Fx
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in
the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak, Polish min. at the level A2.2
1. Widening of the lexis and conversational exercises:
a. education,
b. national and ethnic minorities,
c. offices and institutions,
d. services,
e. politics and economy,
f. fashion,
g. ecology.
2. Grammar exercises:
a. impersonal verbal forms (robi się, robiło się, robiono, warto, trzeba, etc.),
b. irredular declension of nouns (i.e., urząd, rząd, liceum)
c. irregular conjugation (present and past tense),
d. participles, transgressive (i.e., robiony, robiący, robiąc, zrobiwszy),
e. declension of cardinal numerals,
f. syntactic and stylistic exercises,
g. vocative,
h. dates and years.
i. theoretical preparation to pass the grammar part of the state exam at the level B1.
4. Writing:
a. newspaper article.
b. argumentative text,
c. complaint,
d. claim,
e. comparative characteristics,
f. formal and informal letter.
5. Polish life and institutions:
a. mass media in Poland,
b. notable cultural personalities,
c. political and educational system,
d. national and ethnic minorities,
e. Poles and Poland in the EU,
f. Polish holidays and important anniversaries.
100/0
After successful completion of the course, the students have knowledge of Polish language, life and institutions at the level B1 – according to the CEFR standards (intermediate). They have a broader vocabulary, knowledge of phraseology, they understand more complicated aspects of Polish grammar and they can apply them in their own speech. They can understand longer texts and recordings, write various kinds of texts independently. They have good knowledge of Polish life and institutions.
PETRIC LASNIK, Ivana – PIRIH SVETINA, Nataša – PONIKVAR, Andreja. A, B, C ... GREMO. Učbenik za začetnike na tečajih slovenščine kot drugega in tujega jezika (A1). Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2018. ISBN 978-961-06-0044-2.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja – STRITAR, Mojca – JERMAN, Tanja – PISEK, Staša. Slovenska beseda v živo 1a. Delovni zvezek za začetni tečaj slovenščine kot drugega in tujega jezika. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2012. ISBN 978-961-237-526-3.
KNEZ, Mihaela – PONIKVAR, Andreja – JERMAN, Tanja. Oblike v oblakih. Slovnične preglednice. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2017. ISBN 978-961-237-836-3.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav. Kapitoly zo slovensko-slovinskej konverzácie. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3831-8.
LEČIČ, Rada. Basic grammar of the Slovene language: language manual. Cerkno: Gaya, 2012. ISBN 978-961-92674-1-7.
KNEZ, Mihaela a kol. Slika jezika. Slikovno gradivo za poučevanje slovenščine kot drugega/tujega jezika. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2013. ISBN 978-961-237-364-1.
a) continuous written work during the semester: two continuous tests to verify grammar competences and vocabulary and oral presentation of a selected conversation topic;
b) in the examination period: a final exam consisting of a written test aimed at understanding of a recorded and written speech, verifying grammar knowledge and vocabulary and creating short written text (for example a description of image in the range of 40 - 50 words).
In all parts of the evaluation, the student must achieve at least 60% success.
Grading scale (in %):
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak
1. Slovenia (presentation of the country, language, and culture).
2. Alphabet.
3. Phonetics and phonology of standard Slovenian language.
4. Numerals (cardinal and ordinal numerals; days of the week; seasons).
5. Getting to know each other – personal identity (occupations, names of states and their inhabitants, languages...), interpersonal relationships – formal and informal communication, description of space, my street (gender, adjective noun agreement), genitive in singular, locative in singular, conjugation of verbs in the present tense.
6. Nominative in singular, dual and plural, exceptions in declension of masculine nouns.
7. Questions: K-...? and Ali...?
8. Leisure time, Slovenian verbs in the present tense (5 verb groups), negative of verbs, expressing time.
9. Family and home (home, furniture, expenses, shopping, clothes); genitive, accusative; genitive + preposition iz, accusative + prepositions v, na, za; personal pronouns in accusative, possessive pronouns.
10. Meals and drinks (drinks, food, restaurant, in store).
11. Past and future tense in singular, dual and plural.
12. Revision of conversational topics and grammar.
40% continuously, 60% in the examination period
After completing the course, the students have knowledge of the Slovenian language at the beginner level (A1) – according to the standards of the educational program Slovenian for foreigners (basic vocabulary, basic communication patterns, acquaintance with the basic language system of the standard Slovenian at the phonological, morphological, orthographic and orthoepic level). They also have basic knowledge of Slovenian life and institutions.
PETRIC LASNIK, Ivana – PIRIH SVETINA, Nataša – PONIKVAR, Andreja. A, B, C ... GREMO. Učbenik za začetnike na tečajih slovenščine kot drugega in tujega jezika (A1). Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2018. ISBN 978-961-06-0044-2.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja – STRITAR, Mojca – JERMAN, Tanja – PISEK, Staša. Slovenska beseda v živo 1a. Delovni zvezek za začetni tečaj slovenščine kot drugega in tujega jezika. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2012. ISBN 978-961-237-526-3.
KNEZ, Mihaela – PONIKVAR, Andreja – JERMAN, Tanja. Oblike v oblakih. Slovnične preglednice. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2017. ISBN 978-961-237-836-3.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav. Kapitoly zo slovensko-slovinskej konverzácie. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3831-8.
LEČIČ, Rada. Basic grammar of the Slovene language: language manual. Cerkno: Gaya, 2012. ISBN 978-961-92674-1-7.
KNEZ, Mihaela a kol. Slika jezika. Slikovno gradivo za poučevanje slovenščine kot drugega/tujega jezika. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2013. ISBN 978-961-237-364-1.
a) continuous written work during the semester: two continuous tests to verify grammar competences and vocabulary and oral presentation of a selected conversation topic;
b) in the examination period: a final exam consisting of a written test aimed at understanding of a recorded and written speech, verifying grammar knowledge and vocabulary and creating short written text (for example a description of image in the range of 40 - 50 words).
In all parts of the evaluation, the student must achieve at least 60% success.
Grading scale (in %):
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak/Slovenian
1. Revision and practice of the studied grammatical phenomena.
2. Traveling (let's travel around Slovenia, means of transport) and weather (weather forecast and meteorological phenomena).
3. Hiking (cultural and natural attractions, accommodation facilities, luggage).
4. Nouns in instrumental in singular, locative in singular and plural; prepositions pred, za, pod, med, nad; use of prepositions in answers to questions Kam? and Kje?.
5. Personal pronouns in genitive, accusative and instrumental (long and short forms).
6. Health (physical and mental state, personal hygiene, human body, healthy lifestyle, insurance, illness, drugs).
7. Nouns in dative, prepositions k/h and proti.
8. Public life in Slovenia (post office, telephone, bank, first aid, embassy, library, school).
9. Conditional, modal expressions.
10. Imperative.
11. Creating short written texts (invitation, letter, postcard, congratulations...).
12. Final revision of grammar and conversation topics.
40% continuously, 60% in the examination period
After completing the course, the students have knowledge of the Slovenian language, life and institutions at the beginner level (A1 - A2) – according to the standards of the educational program Slovenian for foreigners (basic vocabulary, basic communication patterns, acquaintance with the basic language system of the standard Slovenian at the phonological, morphological, orthographic and orthoepic level). They also have basic knowledge of Slovenian life and institutions.
KNEZ, Mihaela, PONIKVAR, Andreja a JERMAN, Tanja. Oblike v oblakih. Slovnične preglednice. Ľubľana: Filozofska fakulteta, 2017. ISBN: 978-961-237-936-3. LEČIČ, Rada. Basic grammar of the Slovene language language. Cerkno: Gaya, 2012. ISBN: 978-961-92674-1-7. MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 1b - učbenik. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2013. ISBN: 978-961-237-583-6. MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 1a - delovni zvezek. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2013. ISBN: 978-961-237-584-3. VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav. Slovensko-slovinská konverzačná príručka. Bratislava. 2008. ISBN: 978-80-223-2459-5. VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša. Slovinský jazyk v praxi 1. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN: 978-80-223-3832-5. Slovenian dictionaries available at www.fran.si
Students are expected to actively participate in the lesson, in the group and pair activities and they are required to prepare homework continuously. The overall assessment consists of the following components: a) continuous written work during the semester: two continuous tests to verify grammar competences and vocabulary and oral presentation of a selected conversation topic b) in the examination period: a final exam consisting of a written test aimed at understanding of a recorded and written speech, verifying grammar knowledge and vocabulary and creating written text (in the range of approx. 150 - 180 words). In all parts of the evaluation, the student must achieve at least 60% success.
Grading scale (in %): A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The exact date and topics of the continuous evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester. The dates for the final test will be announced through AIS no later than in the last week of the instruction period. The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences with documentation. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak/Slovenian
1. Revision and practice of the studied grammatical phenomena. 2. Housing (house, apartment, furniture, ...). Revision of the verbs in present tense, selected irregular verbs. 3. Neighbours, neighbour relationships. Revision of the nominative, genitive and accusative of nouns, adjectives and pronouns, selected exceptions in declension, preposition pairs v - iz, na - s/z. 4. Leisure time. Revision of past and future tense of verbs, selected exceptions. 5. Culture as a part of our lives. Locative of nouns and adjectives, prepositions v, na, o, pri, ob. Personal pronouns in locative. 6. Sport as a lifestyle, recreational and professional sport. Answers to the questions Kam? (accusative), Kje? (locative), Od kod? (genitive) with corresponding prepositions. Conjunctions ampak, pa. 7. Transport, means of transport and traffic signs. Instrumental and prepositions s/z. Instrumental forms of personal pronouns. 8. Traffic problems, traffic-related services, traffic accidents. Modal verbs and expressions. 9. Household and housework. Division of labour. Creation and use of conditional. 10. At the store. Word order in Slovenian. 11. Online shopping. Possessive pronouns in Slovenian and accordance with nouns (revision). 12. Revision.
50/50
The students have knowledge of the Slovenian language, life and institutions at an elementary or lower intermediate level (A2) – according to the standards of the educational program Slovenian for foreigners and CEFR (expanding vocabulary, communication patterns, deepening the knowledge of language system of the standard Slovenian on the phonological, morphological and syntactic level, working with the text). After completing the course, they understand sentences and frequent expressions of familiar topics (e.g., basic information about themselves and family, shopping, geography of the environment, employment, etc.), they can communicate about simpler and routine tasks, they can simply describe their situation, current environment and matters related to current needs. They are more familiar with Slovenian life and institutions.
KNEZ, Mihaela, PONIKVAR, Andreja a JERMAN, Tanja. Oblike v oblakih. Slovnične preglednice. Ľubľana: Filozofska fakulteta, 2017. ISBN: 978-961-237-936-3. LEČIČ, Rada. Basic grammar of the Slovene language language. Cerkno: Gaya, 2012. ISBN: 978-961-92674-1-7. MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 1b - učbenik. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2013. ISBN: 978-961-237-583-6. MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 1b - delovni zvezek. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2013. ISBN: 978-961-237-584-3. VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav. Slovensko-slovinská konverzačná príručka. Bratislava. 2008. ISBN: 978-80-223-2459-5. VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša. Slovinský jazyk v praxi 1. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN: 978-80-223-3832-5. Slovenian dictionaries available at www.fran.si
Students are expected to actively participate in the lesson, in the group and pair activities and they are required to prepare homework continuously. There are two continuous tests to verify the grammar competences and conversational skills, a continuous written works, and a presentation of a selected grammar topic during the semester. The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. In all parts of the evaluation, the student must achieve at least 60% success.
Students are expected to actively participate in the lesson, in the group and pair activities and they are required to prepare homework continuously. The overall assessment consists of the following components:
a) Continuous written work during the semester: two continuous tests to verify grammar competences and oral presentation of a selected conversation topic
b) In the examination period: a final examination consisting of a written test aimed at understanding of a recorded speech, verifying grammar knowledge and creating short (in the range of 70 - 80 words) and longer written text (in the range of 200 to 220 words).
In all parts of the evaluation, the student must achieve at least 60% success.
Grading scale (in %):
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The exact date and topics of the continuous evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak/Slovenian
1. Revision and practice of the studied grammatical phenomena. 2. Health and disease. Dative of nouns and adjectives, prepositions k/h, proti. 3. Doctors, health care, pharmacies. Dative and accusative of nouns, verb structures. 4. Healthy lifestyle - what is important. Personal pronouns in dative. Conjunctions ker, zato. 5. Food and nutrition. Healthy food. Countable and uncountable nouns and their use. 6. Traditional Slovenian cuisine. Expressions of quantity, units of weight and volume. 7. In a restaurant. Recipes. Vocabulary associated with food preparation. 8. Post office, in a bank, at the embassy. Services. Instructions. Imperative, formation in Slovenian. 9. Electronic communication etiquette. Drafting e-mails and text messages, specific characteristics in comparison with regular mail or spoken language. Long forms of personal pronouns and their use. 10. Travel, tourism. 11. Slovenia as a tourist destination, its natural and cultural attractions. The use of prepositions pred, za, pod, nad, medzi with accusative or instrumental case. 12. Weather, weather conditions. 13. Revision of conversational topics and grammar.
100/0
Students have knowledge of the Slovenian language, life and institutions at the intermediate level (B1) – according to the standards of the educational program Slovenian for foreigners and CEFR (expanding the vocabulary, expanding the knowledge of the language system of standard Slovenian on the phonological, morphological and syntactic level, working with specialized text, reading comprehension). After completing the course, students can solve most common situations in Slovenian, understand the essence of a clear standard speech about familiar issues regularly occurring at work, school, leisure, etc., they can describe experiences and events, explain their opinions, create a simple coherent text on topics that are familiar to them. They are more familiar with Slovenian life and institutions.
BIELIK, Lukáš et al. Slovník metodologických pojmov. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského,2016. ISBN 978-80-223-4276-6. LICHNEROVÁ, Lucia: Písanie a obhajoba záverečných prác: vysokoškolské skriptápre študentov Univerzity Komenského v Bratislave [online]. Bratislava: Stimul, 2016 [cit.2019-01-09]. Dostupné na: stella.uniba.sk/texty/LL_pisanie_obhajoba_zaverecne_prac.pdf LICHNEROVÁ, Lucia a Ľudmila HRDINÁKOVÁ. Ako dodržať akademickú etiku pripísaní vedeckých a odborných textov? In: Naša univerzita. 2020, roč. 67, č. 1, s. 62-65.ISSN (print) 1338-4163. Dostupné tiež na: https://uniba.sk/fileadmin/ruk/nasa_univerzita/NU2020-21/201021_Nasa_univerzita_1_20-21.pdf OCHRANA, F. Metodologie, metody a metodika vědeckého výzkumu. Praha: Karolinum, 2019.ISBN 978-80-246-4200-0. Záverečné práce [online]. Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, Filozofická fakulta, 2020 [cit.2021-08-09]. Dostupné na: https://fphil.uniba.sk/studium/student/bakalarske-a-magisterske-studium/zaverecne-prace/ ZOUHAR, M., BIELIK, L. a Miloš KOSTEREC. Metóda: metodologické a formálne aspekty. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2017. ISBN 978-80-223-4352-7. Additional literature is specified by the thesis supervisor depending on the thematic focus of the thesis.
The seminar takes the form of regular consultations between the student and the supervisor, where the student informs the supervisor about the progress of the research, the acquisition of research material, the gathering of literature and the progress of work on the text of the diploma thesis. The student may obtain a maximum of 70 points for the completion of the course. The first requirement for passing the course is a minimum of 5 tutorials per semester (10 points). During the tutorials or by agreement, the student will submit a basic bibliography to the tutor (10 points), elaborate the structure and the first chapter of the thesis (10 + 10 points). 20 points will be awarded for the submission of the chapters that form the core of the thesis (approx. 20 NS), 10 points for the preparation of the introduction, conclusion and other elements of the thesis, while the student is expected to send the full text of the thesis (between 50 and 70 NS, i.e. between 90,000 and 126,000 characters, including spaces) to the supervisor for checking at least 10 days before the thesis submission deadline specified in the schedule for the relevant academic year. Due to the deadlines set in the timetable of a given academic year, it is not possible to carry out the continuous assessment of the course on a different, alternative date; if the student does not meet the requirements for passing the course, he/she may pass it only in the following academic year. Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 %
B: 92 - 84 %
C: 83 - 76 %
D: 75 - 68 %
E: 67 - 60 %
Fx: 59 - 0 %
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak language / another studied language depending on the focus of the thesis
1. Defining the main and partial objectives of the thesis. 2. Information research on the thesis topic. 3. Analysis, interpretation and critique of literature, historical sources and other sources of information on the topic of the thesis. 4. Continuous and systematic development of the citation apparatus for the thesis. 5. Preparation of the structure of the thesis in the context of its topic and the requirements for the structure of the thesis given by the internal quality system of Comenius University. 6. Terminological definition of the thesis topic. 7. Preparation of the theoretical part of the thesis. 8. Potential modification of the research and research methodology. 9. Basic requirements of thesis submission. 10. Basic requirements for thesis defence.
100/0
After successful completion of the course, students are familiar with published domestic and foreign literature, or archive sources related to the thesis topic, they can analyze, interpret and criticize them. They respect and follow the rules of academic ethics. They understand the principles of structure of the formal and content aspects of the thesis in relation to the internal quality system of Comenius University. They practically handle theoretical preparation, research methodology and methods, can formulate a research problem, research questions and hypotheses. They areable to process the data collected, test the hypotheses and formulate conclusions. They are able to write a thesis of this type at the required level.
1. Active participation in the seminar: systematic and continuous preparation throughout the semester, regular reading of primary literature, its critical reflection and oral interpretation, as well as work with secondary sources. The student engages in discussion, formulates and defends their own views, and responds to prompts. Continuous tasks verifying comprehension of the text and its context are also included. Knowledge of the basic concepts of literary history and literary theory and their application in text analysis is required. Failure to meet the requirement of active participation precludes access to the final examination.
2. During the semester, the student is permitted a maximum of two absences without the obligation to provide a reason for their absence. If this limit is exceeded, each additional absence must be duly documented by a written confirmation demonstrating objective reasons for non-attendance. This document must be submitted either directly to the lecturer or to the study administrator, who will subsequently inform the lecturer of the nature and reasons for the student’s absence.
3. The final examination, held during the examination period, consists of two separate components – a written test and an oral examination. In order to successfully complete the course, the student must achieve a minimum of 60% in each component, that is, separately in both the written and oral parts. Any violation of the principles of academic integrity results in the annulment of the score in the respective component of assessment. The classification of results follows this grading scheme: A: 100%–92%, B: 91%–84%, C: 83%–76%, D: 75%–68%, E: 67%–60%, FX: 59%–0%.
1. Introduction to the Study of Older Slovak Literature
2. Proglas and Great Moravian Literature
3. Medieval Literature from the 11th to the 15th Century
4. Renaissance Literature – Characteristics
5. Literary Humanism, Mannerism, and the Decline of the Renaissance
6. Baroque Literature
7. The Enlightenment – from Baroque to Classicism
8. Slovak Literary Classicism
9. Ján Hollý
10. Pre-Romanticism
11. Slovak Romantic Ballads and Epic Poetry
12. Slovak Romantic Lyric and Reflective Poetry
40/60
The student, upon successful completion of the course, possesses comprehensive knowledge of the character and development of individual literary periods (from the Middle Ages to Romanticism) in Slovakia. They are familiar with key authors, their works, and understand their placement within the literary, social, and cultural context of the given period. They are able to connect acquired theoretical knowledge with the analysis of specific literary texts and to interpret them in broader contexts. At the same time, they are able to identify and present the fundamental ideas, conceptions of the world, and value systems that shaped the individual literary periods.
1. Active participation in the seminar: systematic and continuous preparation throughout the semester, regular reading of primary literature, its critical reflection and oral interpretation, as well as work with secondary sources. The student engages in discussion, formulates and defends their own views, and responds to prompts. Continuous tasks verifying comprehension of the text and its context are also included. Knowledge of the basic concepts of literary history and literary theory and their application in text analysis is required. Failure to meet the requirement of active participation precludes access to the final examination.
2. During the semester, the student is permitted a maximum of two absences without the obligation to provide a reason for their absence. If this limit is exceeded, each additional absence must be duly documented by a written confirmation demonstrating objective reasons for non-attendance. This document must be submitted either directly to the lecturer or to the study administrator, who will subsequently inform the lecturer of the nature and reasons for the student’s absence.
3. The final examination, held during the examination period, consists of two separate components – a written test and an oral examination. In order to successfully complete the course, the student must achieve a minimum of 60% in each component, that is, separately in both the written and oral parts. Any violation of the principles of academic integrity results in the annulment of the score in the respective component of assessment. The classification of results follows this grading scheme: A: 100%–92%, B: 91%–84%, C: 83%–76%, D: 75%–68%, E: 67%–60%, FX: 59%–0%.
1. The literary-historical context, characteristics, and periodization of the given era
2. Realism in Slovak poetry and prose (Pavol Országh Hviezdoslav, Svetozár Hurban Vajanský, and Martin Kukučín)
3. From Realism to Modernism (Božena Slančíková-Timrava and Jozef Gregor Tajovský)
4. Slovak Modernism (Ivan Krasko, Janko Jesenský)
5. The poetry of Ján Smrek and Emil Boleslav Lukáč
6. Naturalism and Expressionism in Slovak prose (Ladislav Nádaši-Jégé and Gejza Vámoš)
7. Innovation and the modernist approach in 1920s and 1930s prose (Ján Hrušovský and Ivan Horváth)
8. The poetry of Laco Novomeský
9. The prose of Milo Urban and Jozef Cíger Hronský
10. Naturism in Slovak prose of the 1930s and 1940s (Margita Figuli, Dobroslav Chrobák, and František Švantner)
11. Catholic Modernism and Surrealism (Nadrealizmus) in Slovak poetry of the 1930s and 1940s (Rudolf Dilong, Janko Silan, Rudolf Fabry, and Vladimír Reisel)
12. The dramatic works of Ivan Stodola and Július Barč-Ivan
40/60
Upon successful completion of the course, students possess a comprehensive knowledge of the main tendencies in Slovak literature from the gradual disintegration of Romanticism in the second half of the nineteenth century up to 1948. They are familiar with the key literary-historical stages of the period and understand their internal relations, continuities, and discontinuities.
Students are able to identify and characterise the typological features of Slovak literary Realism, the subsequent rise of Modernism (including its axiological and poetological changes), as well as the specific features of post-war literary life in Czechoslovakia. They are able to analyse these phenomena within a broader aesthetic, ideological, and socio-cultural context.
They are familiar with the major authors of Slovak literature of the period, their works, and their poetics. They are able to work with specific literary texts, to interpret them, and to connect theoretical knowledge with practical analysis.
Students have an overview of the evolution of the basic literary forms – lyric, epic, and drama – and are able to trace their generic transformations and functions within individual historical stages. They understand the literary process within the broader Central European cultural context and recognise its connections with the dynamic and often turbulent historical context of Slovakia.
1. Active participation in the seminar: systematic and continuous preparation throughout the semester, regular reading of primary literature, its critical reflection and oral interpretation, as well as work with secondary sources. The student engages in discussion, formulates and defends their own views, and responds to prompts. Continuous tasks verifying comprehension of the text and its context are also included. Knowledge of the basic concepts of literary history and literary theory and their application in text analysis is required. Failure to meet the requirement of active participation precludes access to the final examination.
2. During the semester, the student is permitted a maximum of two absences without the obligation to provide a reason for their absence. If this limit is exceeded, each additional absence must be duly documented by a written confirmation demonstrating objective reasons for non-attendance. This document must be submitted either directly to the lecturer or to the study administrator, who will subsequently inform the lecturer of the nature and reasons for the student’s absence.
3. The final examination, held during the examination period, consists of two separate components – a written test and an oral examination. In order to successfully complete the course, the student must achieve a minimum of 60% in each component, that is, separately in both the written and oral parts. Any violation of the principles of academic integrity results in the annulment of the score in the respective component of assessment. The classification of results follows this grading scheme: A: 100 % – 92 %, B: 91 % – 84 %, C: 83 % – 76 %, D: 75 % – 68 %, E: 67 % – 60 %, FX: 59 % – 0 %.
1. An introduction and overview of the main periods of Slovak literature from 1948 to the present day
2. The socio-political and artistic context of the 1945–1948 period
3. Socialist Realism in Slovak literature
4. The theme of World War II in Slovak prose (1945–1968)
5. The poetic works of Miroslav Válek and Milan Rúfus
6. The poetics of literary groups in the 1960s (the Trnava Group – Concretists, the Lonely Runners)
7. The emergence of a prominent generation of prose writers in the 1960s (Ján Johanides, Vincent Šikula, Rudolf Sloboda, Pavel Hrúz, and Pavel Vilikovský)
8. The Normalization of literature; developmental trends in Slovak poetry and prose during the 1970s
9. Generational turnover and the transformation of literature in the 1980s
10. The rise of Postmodernism and Slovak literature in the 1990s
11. Modernization and plurality in Slovak drama from the 1960s to the present
12. Contemporary Slovak literature and the current literary life in Slovakia
40/60
Upon successful completion of the course, students possess comprehensive knowledge of the main tendencies in Slovak literature from 1948 to the present. They have knowledge of the key literary-historical stages of the period and understand their internal relations, continuities, and discontinuities, especially in relation to the socio-political changes of the second half of the twentieth century and the beginning of the twenty-first century.
Students are able to identify and characterise the dominant poetics and orientations of the period, including socialist realism, the gradual differentiation of literary production in the 1960s, the normalisation tendencies after 1968, as well as the plural and generically diverse development of literature after 1989. They are able to analyse these phenomena within a broader aesthetic, ideological, and socio-cultural context.
They demonstrate knowledge of the major authors of Slovak literature of the period, their works, and their poetics, including writers of official, samizdat, and exile literature. They are able to work with specific literary texts, to interpret them, and to connect theoretical knowledge with practical analysis.
Students have an overview of the evolution of the basic literary forms – lyric, epic, and drama – and are able to trace their generic transformations, thematic shifts, and functions within individual historical stages. They understand the literary process within the broader Central European and European cultural context and recognise its connections with the ideological, social, and cultural transformations of the period under study.
1. Active participation in the seminar: systematic and continuous preparation throughout the semester, including regular reading of primary literature, its reflection and oral interpretation, as well as work with secondary sources. The student actively engages in discussion, formulates and defends their own opinions, and responds to prompts. The course is assessed continuously (100%), with the final evaluation completed during the assessment week. The assessment includes a seminar presentation, a seminar paper, or a written test during the semester. In all components of the assessment, the student is required to achieve a minimum of 60% success rate. The classification of results follows this grading scheme: A: 100%–92%, B: 91%–84%, C: 83%–76%, D: 75%–68%, E: 67%–60%, FX: 59%–0%.
2. The student is allowed two absences without justification. In the case of additional absences, a written confirmation stating the reason for absence must be provided and submitted either to the instructor or to the study officer, who subsequently informs the instructor. Any violation of the principles of academic integrity results in the annulment of the points obtained in the respective component of the assessment.
1. Quantitative metre
2. The sonnet as a poetic genre
3. The Villon ballade, rispetto, and rondel as poetic genres
4. Interpretation of a selected text of Romanticism
5. Interpretation of selected poems of the interwar period
6. Metaphor and its forms
7. The model of literary communication
8. The narrator and its transformations in the history of Slovak prose
9. Naturism in Slovak literature and its manifestation in a selected novella text
10. The short story as a genre
11. Analysis and interpretation of drama (as agreed)
12. Literary criticism and its forms
100/0
Students acquire theoretical knowledge of literary text interpretation. They are able to analyse a literary work, identify its genre and poetological features, and situate it within a broader literary-historical and cultural context. They are capable of formulating their own interpretation, supporting it with arguments, and presenting it both orally and in written form.
LICHNEROVÁ, L. Písanie a obhajoba záverečných prác [online]. Bratislava:
Univerzita Komenského, 2016 [cit. 2016-10-09]. Available at: http://stella.uniba.sk/texty/
LL_pisanie_obhajoba_zaverecne_prace.pdf
Vnútorný predpis č. 5/2020 [online]. Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave,
2015 [cit. 2021-09-09]. Available at: https://uniba.sk/fileadmin/ruk/
as/2020/20200527/04a_Studijny_poriadok_FiF_UK.pdf
Záverečné práce [online]. Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, Filozofická fakulta, 2020 [cit.
2021-08-09]. Available at: https://fphil.uniba.sk/studium/student/bakalarske-a-magisterskestudium/zaverecne-prace/
Literature according to the topic of the thesis.
The student must submit the master’s thesis within the deadline specified in the schedule of the current academic year for the relevant date of the state exam. The master’s thesis is submitted in electronic form via AIS. The work must meet the parameters determined by the internal quality system of Comenius University. The provisions of Article 14 of Internal Regulation no. 5/2020 (Study Regulations of the Faculty of Arts of Comenius University) apply to the evaluation of the master’s thesis. The supervisor of the final thesis and its opponent will prepare evaluations of the master’s thesis and propose a grade in the A-FX grading scale, which the student receives a minimum of three working days before the defence. Grading scale: 0-59% -FX, 60-67% -E, 68-75% -D, 76-83% -C, 84-91% -B, 92-100% -A Master’s thesis evaluation criteria: 1. The contribution of the master's thesis, the fulfilment of the objectives of the thesis in its assignment, and the requirements for the content of the master's thesis given by the internal quality system of Comenius University. It is assessed whether the student has worked on the chosen topic at the level of scientific study, with a representative selection of scientific literature, with appropriately chosen scientific procedures and hypotheses that can be verified. Demonstration of the ability to work creatively in the study program is evaluated and the degree of demonstration of knowledge and understanding of the diploma thesis is reflected. 2. Originality of the work (master’s thesis must not be plagiarized, must not infringe the copyrights of other authors); the documentation for the defence of the master’s thesis also includes protocols of originality from the CRZP and Theses systems, to the results of which the thesis supervisor and the opponent express their opinions in their evaluations. 3. Correctness and accuracy of citation of used information sources, research results of other authors and group authors, correctness of the description of methods and working procedures of other authors or group authors. 4. Compliance of the structure of the master’s thesis with the prescribed composition defined by the internal quality system of Comenius University. 5. Respecting the recommended length of the master’s thesis (the recommended length of the master’s thesis is usually 50 – 70 standard pages = 90,000 to 126,000 characters, including spaces), the adequacy of the length of the thesis is assessed by the thesis supervisor. 6. Linguistic and stylistic level of work and formal adjustments. The student orally presents the content, achieved goals, and conclusions of the master’s thesis, and answers the questions and comments of the thesis supervisor, opponent, or members of the examination committee. The committee will comprehensively evaluate the quality of the master’s thesis, assess the method and form of defence, and the student's ability to adequately respond to comments and questions from the evaluations of the thesis supervisor and the opponent. The student receives their final grade based on the average of the assessment of the thesis supervisor and opponent from their evaluations, and the assessment of the examination committee. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and a selected language of the Central European area according to the field of study.
1. Student presents the bachelor's thesis (app. 10 minutes) in front of the committee for state exams. A ppt presentation can be prepared, which is not necessary.
2. Presentation of the main points of the supervisor´s and oponent´s reviews, possibly also the questions questions arising from them.
3. The student´s respond to comments and questions in the reviews.
4. The student responds to the questions of the committee for state exams or the questions in a broader debate.
0/100
The student has mastered the basic requirements of writing a scientific text in compliance with the rules of academic ethics. The student knows the methods used in the field of study, is able to work on the chosen topic of the master’s thesis at the level of scientific study, with a representative selection of scientific literature, with appropriately chosen scientific procedures and hypotheses that can be verified. After a successful defence of the master’s thesis, the student is able to design, implement, critically reflect, and justify his research intention. The student understands the context of the problem, can clearly define research conclusions, state his positions, and make recommendations. He can respond argumentatively and flexibly to questions about the research topic, its methodology, and its conclusions.
LICHNEROVÁ, L. Písanie a obhajoba záverečných prác [online]. Bratislava:
Univerzita Komenského, 2016 [cit. 2016-10-09]. Available at: http://stella.uniba.sk/texty/
LL_pisanie_obhajoba_zaverecne_prace.pdf
Vnútorný predpis č. 5/2020 [online]. Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave,
2015 [cit. 2021-09-09]. Available at: https://uniba.sk/fileadmin/ruk/
as/2020/20200527/04a_Studijny_poriadok_FiF_UK.pdf
Záverečné práce [online]. Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, Filozofická fakulta, 2020 [cit.
2021-08-09]. Available at: https://fphil.uniba.sk/studium/student/bakalarske-a-magisterskestudium/zaverecne-prace/
Literature according to the topic of the thesis.
The student must submit the master’s thesis within the deadline specified in the schedule of the current academic year for the relevant date of the state exam. The master’s thesis is submitted in electronic form via AIS. The work must meet the parameters determined by the internal quality system of Comenius University. The provisions of Article 14 of Internal Regulation no. 5/2020 (Study Regulations of the Faculty of Arts of Comenius University) apply to the evaluation of the master’s thesis.
The supervisor of the final thesis and its opponent will prepare evaluations of the master’s thesis and propose a grade in the A-FX grading scale, which the student receives a minimum of three working days before the defence.
Grading scale: 0-59% -FX, 60-67% -E, 68-75% -D, 76-83% -C, 84-91% -B, 92-100% -A
Master’s thesis evaluation criteria:
1. The contribution of the master's thesis, the fulfilment of the objectives of the thesis in its assignment, and the requirements for the content of the master's thesis given by the internal quality system of Comenius University. It is assessed whether the student has worked on the chosen topic at the level of scientific study, with a representative selection of scientific literature, with appropriately chosen scientific procedures and hypotheses that can be verified. Demonstration of the ability to work creatively in the study program is evaluated and the degree of demonstration of knowledge and understanding of the diploma thesis is reflected.
2. Originality of the work (master’s thesis must not be plagiarized, must not infringe the copyrights of other authors); the documentation for the defence of the master’s thesis also includes protocols of originality from the CRZP and Theses systems, to the results of which the thesis supervisor and the opponent express their opinions in their evaluations.
3. Correctness and accuracy of citation of used information sources, research results of other authors and group authors, correctness of the description of methods and working procedures of other authors or group authors.
4. Compliance of the structure of the master’s thesis with the prescribed composition defined by the internal quality system of Comenius University.
5. Respecting the recommended length of the master’s thesis (the recommended length of the master’s thesis is usually 50 – 70 standard pages = 90,000 to 126,000 characters, including spaces), the adequacy of the length of the thesis is assessed by the thesis supervisor.
6. Linguistic and stylistic level of work and formal adjustments.
The student orally presents the content, achieved goals, and conclusions of the master’s thesis, and answers the questions and comments of the thesis supervisor, opponent, or members of the examination committee. The committee will comprehensively evaluate the quality of the master’s thesis, assess the method and form of defence, and the student's ability to adequately respond to comments and questions from the evaluations of the thesis supervisor and the opponent. The student receives their final grade based on the average of the assessment of the thesis supervisor and opponent from their evaluations, and the assessment of the examination committee. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and a selected language of the Central European area according to the field of study.
1. Student presents the bachelor's thesis (app. 10 minutes) in front of the committee for state exams. A ppt presentation can be prepared, which is not necessary. 2. Presentation of the main points of the supervisor´s and oponent´s reviews, possibly also the questions questions arising from them. 3. The student´s respond to comments and questions in the reviews. 4. The student responds to the questions of the committee for state exams or the questions in a broader debate.
0/100
The student has mastered the basic requirements of writing a scientific text in compliance with the rules of academic ethics. The student knows the methods used in the field of study, is able to work on the chosen topic of the master’s thesis at the level of scientific study, with a representative selection of scientific literature, with appropriately chosen scientific procedures and hypotheses that can be verified. After a successful defence of the master’s thesis, the student is able to design, implement, critically reflect, and justify his research intention. The student understands the context of the problem, can clearly define research conclusions, state his positions, and make recommendations. He can respond argumentatively and flexibly to questions about the research topic, its methodology, and its conclusions.
BEREND, Nora – URBAŃCZYK, Przemyslaw – WISZEWSZKI, Przemyslaw. Central Europe
in the High Middle Ages. Bohemia, Hungary and Poland c. 900 - 1300. Cambridge, Cambridge
University Press, 2013. ISBN 9780521786959
BEREND, Nora. Christianizace a utváření křesťanské monarchie. Praha : Argo, 2013. ISBN
9788025708354.
DVORNÍK, František. Zrod střední a východní Evropy. Praha : Prostor, 2008. ISBN
9788072601950.
SZŰCS, Jenő. Tri historické regióny Európy. Bratislava: Kalligram, 2001. ISBN 8071492639
WANDYCZ, Piotr S. Střední Evropa v dějinách od středověku do současnosti. Praha : Academia,
2001. ISBN 8020006575.
Regular attendance (two absences maximum are allowed per semester). Active work in class,
participation in discussions and working with sources as instructed by the lecturer. Final
examination consists of colloquium based on the required readings. Violation of academic ethics
will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment.
Grading scale:
0-59%-FX, 60-67%-E, 68-75%-D, 76-83%-C, 84-91%-B, 92-100%-A
Slovak
Central Europe - historical-political-geographical definition of the concepts: Arrival of Slavs and
Hungarians to the Central Europe, Western Slavs (Samo's Empire, Great Moravia), Avars and
Frankish Empire, Emergence of medieval Christianized monarchies, Arpad's Hungary 896-1301,
Piast's Poland 965-1300, Bohemian principality/kingdom under the House of Přemyslid 895-1306,
Hungary in 14th century (The House of Anjou), Czech lands in the 14th century (The house of
Luxembourg), Poland under the last Piast dynasty (1300-1380), Social, cultural and economic
changes in the 14th and 15th centuries, Turkish danger in the Central Europe in 14th-15th century,
Humanism and Renaissance in the Central Europe (cultural development).
40/60
The students are introduced to the basic stages of the historical development of Central Europe
in the Middle Ages, approximately from 568 to 1526. They can locate, specify, and describe the
countries of this region according to their historical, cultural, and ethno-linguistic characteristics.
They can recognize the process of the formation of the Central European nations and the emergence
of the politic-geographical region of Central Europe. The students can understand the specific
development of this part of Europe by interpreting the most significant historical processes, events,
and personalities. Through historical comparison, the students can compare all this knowledge with
developments in other parts of the continent. By working with contemporary sources, they can
objectively interpretate the frequent controversial and conflicting historical issues which, even in
the present, mark the level nature of mutual relations among Central European countries.
DUCHOŇOVÁ, Diana, HANULA, Matej a kol. Človek raného novoveku. Bratislava: VEDA; Historický ústav SAV, 2020, 440 s.
HURBANIČ, Martin – IVANČÍK, Matej - ZUPKA, Dušan, eds. Stredná Európa v premenách času. 1. Bratislava, Veda, 2023. ISBN 978-80-224-2031-0.
MÚCSKA, Vincent – RYBÁR, Lukáš – ROŠKOVÁ, Daniela, eds. Stredná Európa v premenách času. 2. Bratislava, Veda, 2023. ISBN 978-80-224-2032-7.
EVANS, Robert John Weston. Vznik habsburské monarchie, 1550 – 1700. Trans.: Lenka Kolářová. Praha: Argo, 2003. ISBN 80-7203-463-4.
BURKE, Peter. Jazyky a společenství v raně novověké Evropě. Praha: NLN, 2011. ISBN 978-80-7422-069-2
Students are required to attend the course, take active part in it and write an essay.
a) Maximum number of justified absences: 3, b) Students are continuously asked questions to check they have prepared as required, c) Students are required to produce a 5 pages-long essay in their own words (with the relevant bibliography) by the end of the credit week. Grading scale: A = 100% – 92% B = 91% – 84% C = 83% – 76% D = 75% – 68% E = 67% – 60% Fx = 59% – 0%. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment.
Slovak, reading: Czech, English
1) Geopolitical space of Central Europe in the Early modern period and the model of the Central European Habsburg monarchy (centre and periphery)
2) Reformation and Counter-Reformation: changes in community life
3) Reformation and Counter-Reformation: changes in the life of the individual
4) Identity construction: language
5) Identity construction: history
6) State freedoms, absolutism and patriotism
7) The Ottomans and the consequences of their presence in Central Europe 1-2
8) Central Europe as an economic region
9) The everyday life of the social and political elites of Central Europe
10) Destabilization of the Habsburg monarchy and the uprisings of the Estates
11) Art in Central Europe in the early modern period
12) Social phenomena of early modern society in Central Europe
100/0.
The student has knowledge of the historical development of Central Europe from the establishment of the Habsburg Monarchy in 1526 to 1780. The student is able to work with translation editions of sources on Central European history and understands the scientific apparatus of modern history. Can interpret contemporary economic, confessional, linguistic-ethnic, social and cultural phenomena of the Central European region from the perspective of their historical development (with an emphasis on the Early modern period).
OSTERKAMP, Jana: Řád v rozmanitosti. Dějiny federalismu v habsburské monarchii od doby předbřeznové do roku 1918. Praha 2022, ISBN: 978-80-257-3707-1;
ŠTÚR, Ľudovít: Slovanstvo a svet budúcnosti. Bratislava 1993 (2016) ISBN 80-901173-2-5; HOLEC, Roman: Agrárna demokracia ako pokus o tretiu cestu stredoeurópskej transformácie. Historický časopis, 59 (2011), č. 1, s. 3-32;
KÁRNÍK, Zdeněk: Socialisté na rozcestí. Habsburk, Masaryk a Šmeral. Praha 1996, ISBN 80-7184-128-5;
PEKNÍK, Miroslav a kol.: Milan Hodža – štátnik a politik. Bratislava 2002, ISBN 80-224-0690-2
Students are required to attend the course, take active part in it and write an essay.
a) Maximum number of justified absences: 3
b) Students are continuously asked questions to check they have prepared as required.
c) Students are required to produce a 5 pages-long essay in their own words (with the relevant
bibliography) by the end of the credit week.
Grading scale:
A = 100% – 92%
B = 91% – 84%
C = 83% – 76%
D = 75% – 68%
E = 67% – 60%
Fx = 59% – 0%
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment
1. Unification of Central Europe and Joseph II.
2. The idea of federalization of the Habsburg monarchy and the Hungarian Jacobins
3. The Congress of Vienna and Central Europe
4. The question of the Slovak literary language
5. Unification in death – cholera in Central Europe
6. Slavic mutuality in the Central European context
7. Central Europe during the revolution of 1848/49
8. Central European concepts of František Palacký and Ľudovít Štúr
9. The Habsburg vision of central "Habsburg" Europe
10. Concepts of Central Europe proposed by Archduke František Ferdinand, Aurel Popovici, Ioan Slavici, Samuel Štefanovič and Milan Hodža
11. Friedrich Naumann and the German vision of Central Europe, World War I and Central Europe
12. Agrarian concept of Central Europe
13. Socialist concept of Central Europe
14. TGM and Central Europe
100/0
Students are familiar with the historical development in Central Europe from the end of Maria Theresa's reign (1780) until the end of WWI (1918). They are able to work with translation editions of sources on Central European history and understand the scientific apparatus of modern history. They can interpret the current social and cultural phenomena of Central Europe from their historical development perspective in the long 19th century.
PUTNA, Martin C. Obrazy z kultúrnich dějin Střední Evropy. Praha: Vyšehrad, 2018. ISBN 978-80-7429-977-3.
KŘEN, Jan. Dvě století střední Evropy. Praha : Argo, 2019. 9788025728482.
KŘEN, Jan. Čtvrt století střední Evropy. Praha : Argo,2019. 9788024639772.
HURBANIČ, Martin – IVANČÍK, Matej - ZUPKA, Dušan, eds. Stredná Európa v premenách času. 1. Bratislava, Veda, 2023. ISBN 978-80-224-2031-0.
MÚCSKA, Vincent – RYBÁR, Lukáš – ROŠKOVÁ, Daniela, eds. Stredná Európa v premenách času. 2. Bratislava, Veda, 2023. ISBN 978-80-224-2032-7.
Regular attendance (two absences maximum are allowed per semester). Active work in class, participation in discussions and working with sources as instructed by the lecturer. Final examination consists of colloquium based on the required readings.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant assessment.
Grading scale:
0-59%-FX, 60-67%-E, 68-75%-D, 76-83%-C, 84-91%-B, 92-100%-A
1. Peace and the post-war order 1945
2. The Cold War and the Central Europe, the transformation of states and the rise of Communist dictatorships
3. People's Democracies
4. Destalinization
5. Revisionism, Reformation, Post-Stalinism
6. Consumerism, Economic transformation, and the Technocratic Turn
7. Dissent
8. Negotiation and revolution 1989-1990
9. Violence and ethnic conflicts
10. Europeanization and liberal consensus
11. Neoliberalism and political practice
12. Economic crisis and the rise of populisms
13. Culture, literature, art
40/60
The students have the knowledge about basic stages of the historical development of Central Europe. They can locate, specify, and describe the countries of this region according to their historical, cultural, and ethno-linguistic characteristics. They are familiar with the process of the formation of the Central European nations and the emergence of the politico-geographical region of Central Europe. They can understand the specific development of this part of Europe by interpreting the most important historical processes, events, and personalities. Through historical comparison, they can compare this knowledge with developments in other parts of the continent. By working with contemporary sources, the students can interpret objectively the frequent controversial and conflicting historical issues which, even in the present, mark the level and nature of relations between Central European countries.
ANTOLOGIJA LITERATURE IVANA CANKARJA S PREVODI V TUJE JEZIKE. Projekt Svetovni dnevi Ivana Cankarja. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2018. ISBN 978-961-06-0127-2.
MURATOVIĆ, Amir. Resnično življenje Ivana Cankarja. In: 54. seminar slovenskega jezika, literature in kulture. 1918 v slovenskem jeziku, literaturi in kulturi. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2018, s. 62 – 71. Dostupné na: https://centerslo.si/seminar-sjlk/zborniki-ssjlk/54-ssjlk/
ZUPAN SOSIČ, Alojzija. Novosti v treh romanih Ivana Cankarja. In: 54. seminar slovenskega jezika, literature in kulture. 1918 v slovenskem jeziku, literaturi in kulturi. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2018, s. 38 – 46. Dostupné na: https://centerslo.si/seminar-sjlk/zborniki-ssjlk/54-ssjlk/
PEZDIRC BARTOL, Mateja. Cankarjevo Pohujšanje in vprašanje formalnih inovacij. In: 54. seminar slovenskega jezika, literature in kulture. 1918 v slovenskem jeziku, literaturi in kulturi. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2018, s. 47 – 54. Dostupné na: https://centerslo.si/seminar-sjlk/zborniki-ssjlk/54-ssjlk/
PAVLIČ, Darja. Narativnost in dekadenca v Cankarjevih Dunajskih večerih. In: 54. seminar slovenskega jezika, literature in kulture. 1918 v slovenskem jeziku, literaturi in kulturi. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2018, s. 55 – 61. Dostupné na: https://centerslo.si/seminar-sjlk/zborniki-ssjlk/54-ssjlk/
KULIHOVÁ, Alica: Ivan Cankar v slovenských prekladoch. In: 90. výročie vzniku Univerzity Komenského v Bratislave a Univerzity v Ľubľane. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2010, s. 79 – 85. ISBN 978-80-223-2859-3.
VOJTECH POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav. Dramatika Ivana Cankarja v slovaških prevodih in na odrskih deskah slovaških gledališč. In: Zora. Maribor: Univerza založba Univerze v Mariboru, 2018, s. 149 – 159. ISBN 978-961-286-206-0.
The seminar is evaluated by continuous assessment. Active cooperation of students at the seminar is evaluated, in the middle of the semester (in the 7th week) the student submits a seminar paper on a topic related to the writer Ivan Cankar or the context of Slovenian modernism (for example Ivan Cankar and his latter texts, Thematic aspects of Ivan Cankar's works, Ivan Cankar as a playwright, Ivan Cankar's poetry in Slovak translations, Comparison of the modernism in Slovenia and Slovakia, etc.) In the second half of the semester the students will have presentations of individual seminar papers associated with a discussion. For the seminar work and its presentation, the student will receive 40 points. In the final week of the semester, students take the final test (60 points). The final evaluation is the sum of the obtained points for the seminar work (including its presentation) and the test.
Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovenian, Slovak
1. Typological characteristics of Slovenian modernism.
2. Interliterary context of Slovenian modernism.
3. The poetic work of Ivan Cankar.
4. The prosaic work of Ivan Cankar.
5. The dramatic work of Ivan Cankar.
6. Ivan Cankar in Slovak translations.
7. The drama of Ivan Cankar on the scenes of Slovak theatres.
8. Cankar's Vienna.
9. Updates of Ivan Cankar's works in contemporary Slovenian literature and culture.
10. Reading and interpreting Ivan Cankar's texts.
11. Literary-critical reflection of the literary works of Ivan Cankar.
12. Presentation of seminar works.
13. Final test.
100/0
After successful completion of the course, the students have knowledge about the Slovenian modernism, its interliterary connections and the poetic, prosaic and dramatic works of the main representative of Slovenian modernism Ivan Cankar. They have knowledge of the given period, they know the writer's personality, they can place it in the broader Central European context of Slovenian culture and politics at the end of the 19th century and at the beginning of the 20th century.
GOMBOC, Mateja. Mala slovnica slovenskega jezika. Priročnik za šolo in vsakdanjo rabo. Ljubljana. DZS, 2014. ISBN 978-961-02-0086-4.
GOMBOC, Mateja. Mala vadnica slovenskega jezika. Vaje in naloge k Mali slovnici slovenskega jezika. Ljubljana: DZS, 2014. ISBN 978-961-02-0229-5.
STRITAR KUČUK, Mojca a ŠTER, Helena. Slovenščina +. Slovnične tabele in vaje za južnoslovanske govorce slovenščine kot drugega jezika. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2021. ISBN 978-961-06-0516-4.
Fran, slovarji Inštituta za slovenski jezik Frana Ramovša ZRC SAZU [online]. ©2014-, različica 8.0. Dostupné na: https://fran.si/
Viri Centra za jezikovne vire in tehnologije [online]. CJVT UL. Dostupné na: https://www.cjvt.si/viri-in-orodja/slovarji-in-leksikoni/
The course is evaluated by continuous assessment, during the semester students take two tests (of 25 points each). In all components of the assessment, the student must achieve a minimum of 60 per cent pass rate.
Grading Scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
A maximum of 2 absences are allowed. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak, Slovene
1. Division and description of word classes according to semantic, syntactic and morphological criteria.
2. Problems of declension and conjugation in the Slovenian language.
3. Nouns (declension).
4. Pronouns.
5. Adjectives: correspondence, gradation of adjectives.
6. Numerals.
7. Verbs: personal and impersonal verb forms, conjugation, verb tense, verb aspect, verb mood, reflextive verbs.
8. Non-flexible word classes - adverbs.
9. Other non-flexible word classes: preposition, conjunction, particle, interjection.
10. Data on word classes in dictionaries.
11. Slovene according to morphological typology of languages.
12. Repeating.
100/0
After completing the course, students are able to recognize the word types in the text and describe them from the point of view of morphology (gender, case, number with nouns, aspect, present and infinitive root) using dictionary. They have mastered the correct use of prepositions, conjunctions and particles, and are familiar with pronouns. They are able to form patterns of declensiona and conjugation and use them correctly in texts.
TIVADAR, Hotimir a BATISTA, Urban. Fonetika 1. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani. Center za slovenščino kot drugi in tuji jezik Oddelka za slovenistiko, 2019. ISBN 978-961-06-0193-7.
TOPORIŠIČ, Jože. Slovenska slovnica. Maribor: Založba Obzorja, 2004. ISBN 961-230-171-9.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav. Kapitoly zo slovensko-slovinskej konverzácie. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3831-8.
LEVSTIK, Fran. Martin Krpan. Zbirka: Slovenščina po korakih. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani. Center za slovenščino kot drugi in tuji jezik pri Oddelku za slovenistiko, 2021. ISBN: 978-961-06-0473-0.
Fran, slovarji Inštituta za slovenski jezik Frana Ramovša ZRC SAZU [online]. ©2014–, različica 8.0. Available at: https://fran.si/
MMC RTV Slovenija (ISSN 1581-372X) [online]. ©1995–. Available at: https://www.rtvslo.si/
The course is evaluated by continuous in-class assessment. Student activities that constitute the content of the course will be assessed (correct pronunciation of Slovenian vowels and consonants, together with good accent and appropriate intonation being some of the criteria for evaluation). Students will be provided with feedback on an ongoing basis. In each class, students will work on their regular assignments. After each class, they will receive a maximum of 5 points for successfully completing the assigned tasks – a total of 60 points per semester.
Classification scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
A maximum of two absences is allowed. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovenian
1. The subject of research in phonetics, phone, phoneme, phonetics and applied scientific disciplines.
2. Formation, reception and systematic distribution of Slovenian phones. The system and division of Slovenian vowels and consonants. Accent in Slovenian. A basic description of sentence intonation in Slovenian.
3. Vowels i, u and a in standard Slovenian. Conversation topics: Let's get to know each other. Family.
4. Vowel e (narrow, wide, semivowel) in standard Slovenian. Conversation topic: House.
5. Vowel o (narrow and wide) in standard Slovenian. Conversation topics: Human body. At the doctor’s office.
6. Classification of consonants. Description of consonant pronunciation. Voiced (sonorous) consonants in standard Slovenian. Consonants m, n, r and j in standard Slovenian. Conversation topic: Services: post office and bank.
7. Consonants v and l in standard Slovenian. Conversation topic: Tourism.
8. Voiced consonants b, d, ž, g, z and dž in standard Slovenian. Conversation topic: Food and drinks.
9. Voiceless consonants t, s, h, š, f, c, k, p and č in standard Slovenian. Conversation topic: Clothes and shoes.
10. Voice assimilation in standard Slovenian. Conversation topic: Contemporary Slovenian music.
11. Accent in standard Slovenian. Conversation topic: Contemporary Slovenian music.
12. Tone modulation of speech.
13. Revision exercises.
100/0
Upon successful completion of the course, students have elementary theoretical knowledge in the field of phonetics in standard Slovenian, as well as practical phonetic knowledge of Slovenian with an emphasis on the correct pronunciation of Slovenian vowels (namely the correct pronunciation of narrow and wide o and e; semivowels) and consonants (namely the correct pronunciation of consonants v, l, d, t and n). Students are able to pronounce Slovenian words in an orthoepically correct manner by using the appropriate placement of stress. They also know the proper tone modulation of speech, and in addition to new phonetic knowledge, they have broader communication and conversational skills.
AHAČIČ, Kozma. Slovnica na kvadrat. Slovenska slovnica za srednjo šolo. Ljubljana. Založba Rokus Klett, 2017. ISBN 978-961-271-803-9.
GOMBOC, Mateja. Mala slovnica slovenskega jezika. Priročnik za šolo in vsakdanjo rabo. Ljubljana. DZS, 2014. ISBN 978-961-02-0086-4.
GOMBOC, Mateja. Mala vadnica slovenskega jezika. Vaje in naloge k Mali slovnici slovenskega jezika. Ljubljana: DZS, 2014. ISBN 978-961-02-0229-5.
LEČIČ, Rada. Osnove slovenskega jezika. Slovnični priročnik. Ljubljana: Založba Gaya, 2009. ISBN 978-961-92674-0-0.
TOPORIŠIČ, Jože. Nova slovenska skladnja. Ljubljana: DZS, 1982.
TOPORIŠIČ, Jože. Slovenska slovnica. Četrta prenovljena in razširjena izdaja. Maribor: Obzorja, 2004. ISBN 978-961-230-171-9.
ŽELE, Andreja, 2018: O aktualnostnočlenitveni stavi v slovenščini. Jezik in slovstvo LXIII/2 – 3. 59 – 73, 2018 [online]. Dostupné na: https://journals.uni-lj.si/jezikinslovstvo/article/view/17781/15092
Fran, slovarji Inštituta za slovenski jezik Frana Ramovša ZRC SAZU [online]. ©2014-, različica 8.0. Dostupné na: https://fran.si/
Viri Centra za jezikovne vire in tehnologije [online]. CJVT UL. Dostupné na: https://www.cjvt.si/ viri-in-orodja/slovarji-in-leksikoni/
The course is evaluated by continuous assessment, during the semester students take two tests. In all components of the assessment, the student must achieve a minimum of 60 per cent pass rate.
Grading Scale in %: A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
A maximum of 2 absences are allowed. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak, Slovene
1. Basic concepts of syntax.
2. The sentence as a unit of text. The sentence and the statement.
3. Classification of sentences according to their communicative function.
4. Grammatical types of sentences.
5. Syntagmatics. Syntagms and their types.
6. Sentence elements.
7. Main and subordinate sentence elements.
8. Main and subordinate sentence elements.
9. Semi-predicative (half-sentence) constructions.
10. Coordinate and subordinate clauses.
11. Actual sentence structure. Word order.
12. Word order from the perspective of current sentence structure and from the perspective of grammatical structure.
13. Direct and indirect speech.
14. Final review.
100/0
After completing the course, students can describe basic concepts in Slovenian syntax, identify the characteristics of sentences/statements, and identify types of sentence and clause structures. They will correctly identify sentence elements and form coordinate and subordinate clauses. They master current sentence structure, word order in terms of current sentence structure and grammatical structure, and direct and indirect speech.
ČÚZY, Ladislav - KÁKOŠOVÁ, Zuzana - MICHÁLEK, Martin - VOJTECH, Miloslav: Panoráma slovenskej literatúry I. Literárne dejiny od stredoveku po koniec romantizmu. Bratislava : Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo, 2004, ISBN 80-10-00316-6
ČÚZY, Ladislav - GBÚR, Ján - KRŠÁKOVÁ, Dana - KROČANOVÁ, Dagmar - MIKULOVÁ, Marcela - ZAMBOR, Ján: Panoráma slovenskej literatúry II. Literárne dejiny od realizmu po rok 1945. Bratislava : Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo, 2008, ISBN 80-10-00674-2.
ČÚZY, Ladislav - DAROVEC, Peter - HOCHEL, Igor - KÁKOŠOVÁ, Zuzana: Panoráma slovenskej literatúry III. Literárne dejiny od roku 1945 po súčasnosť. Bratislava : Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo, 2006, ISBN 80-10-00846-X.
1. Medieval literature
2. Renaissance literature
3. Baroque literature
4. Literature of the period of classicism
5. Pre-romanticism and Romanticism
6. Slovak literary realism
7. Modernist tendencies in Slovak prose of the first half of the 20th century
8. Overview of the development of Slovak poetry in the first half of the 20th century
9. Poetic generations and poetics in the 50s - 90s of the 20th century
10. Prose generations and poetics in the 50s - 90s of the 20th century
11. Drama of the first half of the 20th century (until 1948)
12. Drama in the years 1948 - 1989
The state examination may be taken by a student a) after obtaining a minimum number of credits sufficient to achieve the necessary number of credits for the proper completion of studies after obtaining credits for successful completion of the state examinations, b) after successful completion of compulsory courses, compulsory elective courses and elective courses in the structure designated in the study programme, c) after fulfilling the student's obligations stemming from Section 71, paragraph 3, letter b of the Higher Education Act, d) if no disciplinary proceedings are conducted against them. Successful completion of the state examination course is one of the conditions for successful completion of the study programme. The state examination course is evaluated by the examination board with classification grades A to FX. The evaluation of the state examination or part thereof is decided by consensus by the examination board. If the examination board fails to reach a consensus, the marking of the state examination or part thereof shall be decided by voting. In accordance with the faculty's study regulations (VP 5/2020, Art. 15), the framework dates of state examinations are established by the Dean in accordance with the faculty schedule of studies. Departments are obliged to publish their state examination dates on their websites no later than 5 weeks prior to the date of the examinations. The student is to register for the state examination via the academic information system at least three weeks prior to the date of the examination. A student has the right to one regular and two retake dates of the state examination. The regular examination date shall be the one for which the student first applied within the time limit given for the state examinations. If the student has been evaluated with a grade of FX on the regular date of the state examination, the student may take the retake dates of the state examination a) on the following dates for taking the state examinations in the corresponding academic year; or b) on the state examination dates in one of the following academic years in accordance with section 65, paragraph 2 of the Higher Education Act. If a student is unable to attend the date of the state examination or a part thereof for which they has registered due to serious reasons, they must issue a written apology to the chair of the examination board in advance or, at the latest, within three business days after the date of the state examination or any part thereof, if there were serious obstacles preventing them from submitting an apology in advance. If the student does not attend the state examination or any part thereof on the specified date without an explanation, or if the chair of the examination board does not accept the student's apology, the student shall be given a grade of FX for that particular date of the state examination. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak
1. Students attend the term of the state examination they have applied for according to the timetable set by the department.
2. The students are be given two questions from the state examination subject, which are given in writing and anonymously in the form of a random selection from the printed questions or a generator.
3. The Examination Committee allows the students adequate time to prepare an oral response to the questions.
4. The students present the prepared answers to the questions to the examination committee and answer also supplementary questions.
5. Upon completion of the students' answers, the Examination Committee makes a decision on the results of the State Examination, which takes place in a closed session of the Examination Committee. The state examination and the announcement of its results is be public.
0/100
After passing the subject of the state exam of Central European Literature in a comparative view (with a focus on Slovak literature), the student has a wide range of
knowledge of the history of Slovak literature in the broader inter-literary context of the Central European area. It masters the historical issues of the studied linguistic and cultural area in a broader European context. He is well versed in the history of Slovak literature, knows the specifics of Slovak culture and is able to use them creatively in the interpretation and analysis of literary works, as well as in literary-critical reflections on current literary work.
HVIŠČ, Jozef: Poľská literatúra. Vývin a texty. Bratislava, Univerzita Komenského, 2001. ISBN 80-223-1537-0
MIŁOSZ, Czesław: Historia literatury polskiej. Kraków, Znak 2010. ISBN 978-83-240-1449-1
WILKOŃ, Aleksander et al.: Dejiny poľskej literatúry. Bratislava, Tatran, 1987.
ADAMCZYK, Maria, CHRZĄSTOWSKA, Bożena – POKRZYWIAK, Józef Tomasz.: Starożytność – oświecenie. Warszawa, Wydawnictwo Szkolne i Pedagogiczne, 1998. ISBN 83-02-04889-5. Dostupné v katedrovej knižnici.
MAKOWSKI, Stanisław: Romantyzm. Warszawa, Wydawnictwo Szkolne i Pedagogiczne, 1996. ISBN 83-02-05733-9. Dostupné v katedrovej knižnici.
MAKOWIECKI, Andrzej. Slownik postaci literackich. Literatura polska. Warszawa: Świat ksiažki, 2004. ISBN 83-7391-402-1.
PÁSZT Patrícia. Súčasná poľská dráma. Bratislava: Kalligram, 2013. ISBN 978-80-8101-731-5
CZAPLIŃSKI, Przemysław. Ruchome marginesy szkice o literaturze lat 90. Kraków: Znak, 2002. ISBN 83-240-0145-X
Theses for the exam in Polish literature:
1. Periodization of the history of Polish literature
2. Polish literature in the Middle Ages
3. Polish literature and culture in the Renaissance
4. Baroque in Polish literature
5. Polish literature and culture in the Enlightenment (the period of the partition of Poland)
6. Polish literature and culture in the period of Romanticism and the struggle for national freedom (Polish historicism and messianism)
7. Positivism in Polish literature
8. Modernism in Polish literature and Polish art - Young Poland
9. Polish interwar literature
10. Polish literature in the second half of the 20th century
11. Contemporary Polish literature
The state examination may be taken by a student a) after obtaining a minimum number of credits sufficient to achieve the necessary number of credits for the proper completion of studies after obtaining credits for successful completion of the state examinations, b) after successful completion of compulsory courses, compulsory elective courses and elective courses in the structure designated in the study programme, c) after fulfilling the student's obligations stemming from Section 71, paragraph 3, letter b of the Higher Education Act, d) if no disciplinary proceedings are conducted against them. Successful completion of the state examination course is one of the conditions for successful completion of the study programme. The state examination course is evaluated by the examination board with classification grades A to FX. The evaluation of the state examination or part thereof is decided by consensus by the examination board. If the examination board fails to reach a consensus, the marking of the state examination or part thereof shall be decided by voting. In accordance with the faculty's study regulations (VP 5/2020, Art. 15), the framework dates of state examinations are established by the Dean in accordance with the faculty schedule of studies. Departments are obliged to publish their state examination dates on their websites no later than 5 weeks prior to the date of the examinations. The student is to register for the state examination via the academic information system at least three weeks prior to the date of the examination. A student has the right to one regular and two retake dates of the state examination. The regular examination date shall be the one for which the student first applied within the time limit given for the state examinations. If the student has been evaluated with a grade of FX on the regular date of the state examination, the student may take the retake dates of the state examination a) on the following dates for taking the state examinations in the corresponding academic year; or b) on the state examination dates in one of the following academic years in accordance with section 65, paragraph 2 of the Higher Education Act. If a student is unable to attend the date of the state examination or a part thereof for which they has registered due to serious reasons, they must issue a written apology to the chair of the examination board in advance or, at the latest, within three business days after the date of the state examination or any part thereof, if there were serious obstacles preventing them from submitting an apology in advance. If the student does not attend the state examination or any part thereof on the specified date without an explanation, or if the chair of the examination board does not accept the student's apology, the student shall be given a grade of FX for that particular date of the state examination. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and Polish languages.
1. Students attend the term of the state examination they have applied for according to the timetable set by the department. 2. The students are be given two questions from the state examination subject, which are given in writing and anonymously in the form of a random selection from the printed questions or a generator. 3. The Examination Committee allows the students adequate time to prepare an oral response to the questions. 4. The students present the prepared answers to the questions to the examination committee and answer also supplementary questions. 5. Upon completion of the students' answers, the Examination Committee makes a decision on the results of the State Examination, which takes place in a closed session of the Examination Committee. The state examination and the announcement of its results is public.
0/100
After completing the state examination subject Central European Literatures in Comparative Perspective (with a focus on Polish literature), students have a broad knowledge of the problems of literary comparatistics and the reception of Polish literature in Slovakia, as well as Slovak literature in Poland. They are familiar with historical issues of the given language and cultural area in a broader European context. They are well acquainted with history of Polish literature, know the specifics of Polish culture and are able to use them creatively in interpretation and analysis of literary works, as well as in literary-critical reflections on current literary works.
• KOS, Janko. Pregled slovenskega slovstva. Ljubljana DZS, 1996. ISBN 86-341-0692-6.
• RYCHLÍK, Jan a kol. Dějiny Slovinska. Praha: Lidové noviny, 2011. ISBN 978-80-74222-131-6.
• AMBROŽ, Darinka a kol. Branja 1. Berilo in učbenik za 1. letnik gimnazij ter srednjih strokovnih šol. Ljubljana: DZS, 2004. ISBN 86-341-2488-6.
• CUDERMAN, Vinko a kol. Branja 2. Berilo in učbenik za 2. letnik gimnazij ter srednjih strokovnih šol. Ljubljana: DZS, 2006. ISBN 86-341-2489-4.
• AMBROŽ, Darinka a kol. Branja 3. Berilo in učbenik za 3. letnik gimnazij ter srednjih strokovnih šol. Ljubljana: DZS, 2004. ISBN 86-341-2966-7 .
• GERALDINI, Koloman K. (ed.). Piesne zpod Triglava. Bratislava: Slovensko-juhoslovanská liga, 1940.
• Rojstni list slovenske kulture: Brižinski spomeniki, Celovški (Rateški) rokopis, Stiški rokopis, Čedadski (Černjejski) rokopis: razstavni katalog. Ljubljana: Narodna in univerzitetna knjižnica, 2004. ISBN 961-6285-29-7.
• SLODNJAK, Anton. Zgodovina slovenskego slovstva 3. Realizem. Ljubljana: Slovenska matica, 1961.
• SLODNJAK, Anton. Zgodovina slovenskego slovstva 4. Nova struja (1859-1900). Ljubljana: Slovenska matica, 1963.
• KOS, Janko: Romantika. Ljubljana: Državna založba. 1980.
• MAHNIČ, Joža. Od Zoisa prek moderne do Kocbeka. Ljubljana: Slovenska matica, 2006. ISBN 961-213-151-1.
• VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša, VOJTECH, Miloslav, eds. 90. výročie vzniku Univerzity Komenského v Bratislave a Univerzity v Ľubľane. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2010. ISBN 978-80-223-2859-3.
• Wikivir [online]. Dostupné na: https://sl.wikisource.org/wiki/Kategorija:Avtorji
Questions for the Slovenian literature exam:
1. The periodization of Slovenian literature
2. Slovenian folk literature
2. Slovenian literature in the Middle Ages
3. Slovenian literature and culture during the Reformation and Counter-Reformation
4. The Baroque in Slovenian literature and culture
5. The Enlightenment in Slovenian literature
6. Romanticism in Slovenian literature and culture
7. Slovenian literature in the second half of the 19th century – the period between Romanticism and Realism
8. Slovenian literature from the end of the 19th to the beginning of the 20th century – Modernism and Naturalism
9. Slovenian literature between the two world wars
10. Slovenian literature during the World War II
11. Contemporary Slovenian literature
12. Slovenian literature in Italy and Austria
The state examination may be taken by a student a) after obtaining a minimum number of credits sufficient to achieve the necessary number of credits for the proper completion of studies after obtaining credits for successful completion of the state examinations, b) after successful completion of compulsory courses, compulsory elective courses and elective courses in the structure designated in the study programme, c) after fulfilling the student's obligations stemming from Section 71, paragraph 3, letter b of the Higher Education Act, d) if no disciplinary proceedings are conducted against them. Successful completion of the state examination course is one of the conditions for successful completion of the study programme. The state examination course is evaluated by the examination board with classification grades A to FX. The evaluation of the state examination or part thereof is decided by consensus by the examination board. If the examination board fails to reach a consensus, the marking of the state examination or part thereof shall be decided by voting. In accordance with the faculty's study regulations (VP 5/2020, Art. 15), the framework dates of state examinations are established by the Dean in accordance with the faculty schedule of studies. Departments are obliged to publish their state examination dates on their websites no later than 5 weeks prior to the date of the examinations. The student is to register for the state examination via the academic information system at least three weeks prior to the date of the examination. A student has the right to one regular and two retake dates of the state examination. The regular examination date shall be the one for which the student first applied within the time limit given for the state examinations. If the student has been evaluated with a grade of FX on the regular date of the state examination, the student may take the retake dates of the state examination a) on the following dates for taking the state examinations in the corresponding academic year; or b) on the state examination dates in one of the following academic years in accordance with section 65, paragraph 2 of the Higher Education Act. If a student is unable to attend the date of the state examination or a part thereof for which they has registered due to serious reasons, they must issue a written apology to the chair of the examination board in advance or, at the latest, within three business days after the date of the state examination or any part thereof, if there were serious obstacles preventing them from submitting an apology in advance. If the student does not attend the state examination or any part thereof on the specified date without an explanation, or if the chair of the examination board does not accept the student's apology, the student shall be given a grade of FX for that particular date of the state examination. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and Slovene languages.
1. Students attend the term of the state examination they have applied for according to the timetable set by the department.
2. The students are be given two questions from the state examination subject, which are given in writing and anonymously in the form of a random selection from the printed questions or a generator.
3. The Examination Committee allows the students adequate time to prepare an oral response to the questions.
4. The students present the prepared answers to the questions to the examination committee and answer also supplementary questions.
5. Upon completion of the students' answers, the Examination Committee makes a decision on the results of the State Examination, which takes place in a closed session of the Examination Committee. The state examination and the announcement of its results is be public.
0/100
After completing the state examination subject Central European Literatures in Comparative Perspective (with a focus on Slovenian literature), students have a broad knowledge of the problems of literary comparatistics and the reception of Slovenian literature in Slovakia, as well as Slovak literature in Slovenia. They are familiar with historical issues of the given language and cultural area in a broader European context. They are well acquainted with history of Slovene literature, know the specifics of Slovene culture and are able to use them creatively in interpretation and analysis of literary works, as well as in literary-critical reflections on current literary works.
BARTNICKA, Barbara, SATKIEWICZ, Halina. Gramatyka języka polskiego. Podrecznik dla cudzoziemców. Warszawa: Wiedza Powszechna, 2006. ISBN 978-83-214-0771-4.
BURKAT, Agnieszka, JASIŃSKA, Agnieszka. Hurra!!! Po polsku 2 (A2). Kraków: Prolog 2010. ISBN 9788360229347.
BURKAT, Agnieszka et al. Hurra!!! Po polsku 3 (B1). Kraków: Prolog 2010.ISBN 978-8360229286.
DZIAMSKA-LENART, Gabriela et. al. Słownik frazeologiczny z ćwiczeniami dla uczących się języka polskiego jako obcego. Poznań: Rys, 2021. ISBN 978-83-66666-50-4. Dostupné na: http://coolfraz.amu.edu.pl/#/slownik-papierowy
GUZIUK-ŚWICA, Barbara et al. Język polski bez granic. Podręcznik do nauki języka polskiego jako obcego dla szkół ukraińskich. Klasa XI. B2. Lublin: Stowarzyszenie "Wspólnota Polska", 2018. ISBN 978-83-64206-33-7. Dostupné na: http://wspolnotapolska.org.pl/bezgranic/polski_11.php
KRZEMPEK, Monika. Polski na A, 2. časť. Bratislava: Unniverzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3829-5.
LIPIŃSKA, Ewa. DĄBSKA, Elźbieta Grażyna. Kiedyś wrócisz tu... Cz. II (C1). Kraków: Universitas, 2010. ISBN: 978-83-242-36756. (dostupné v PDF na MS Teams).
MADEJA, Anna, MORCINEK, Barbara. Polski mniej obcy. Podręcznik do nauki języka polskiego dla średnio zaawansowanych. Katowice: Śląsk, 2007. ISBN 978-83-7164-517-4.
MAJCHER-LEGAWIEC, Urszula et al. Polak potrafi. O wielkich Polakach w Polsce i na świecie. Kraków: Fundacja Wspierania Kultury i Języka Polskiego im. Mikołaja Reja, 2016. ISBN 9788394316518. Dostupné na: http://fundacjareja.eu/polak-potrafi-spis-tresci/
MAŁOLEPSZA, Małgorzata, SZYMKIEWICZ, Aneta. Hurra!!! Po polsku 1. Podręcznik studenta. Kraków: Prolog, 2010. ISBN 978-83-60229-24-8.
OBERTOVÁ, Zuzana: Polski na A. Część I. Zeszyt ćwiczeń. Nepublikované skriptá dostupné v MS Teams.
PANČÍKOVÁ, Marta. Rozvojové tendencie poľskej a slovenskej lexiky na prelome tisícročia. Bratislava: Stimul, 2008. ISBN 978-80-89236-40-4.
PANČÍKOVÁ, Marta, STEFAŃCZYK, Wiesław. Po tamtej stronie Tatr. Kraków: Universitas, 2003. ISBN 83-242-0198-X.
PANČÍKOVÁ, Marta. Zradnosti poľskej a slovenskej lexiky. Opole: Uniwersytet Opolski, 2005. ISBN 83-906076-5-4.
SOKOLOVÁ , Miroslava et al. Slovenčina a poľština. Synchrónne porovnanie s cvičeniami. Prešov: Prešovská univerzita, 2012. Dostupné na: https://www.pulib.sk/web/kniznica/elpub/dokument/Sokolova1
WAWRZYNIAK, Kinga. Polski na A. Część 1. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 978–80–223–3828–8.
ZAKRZEWSKA-VERDUGO, Magdalena: Polski na A. Część 3. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2020. ISBN 978-80-223-5037-2 (ešte nepublikované skriptá, dostupné v elektronickej podobe v MS Teams).
ZAKRZEWSKA-VERDUGO, Magdalena: Polski na A. Część 4. (nepublikované skriptá, dostupné v elektronickej podobe v MS Teams).
ZARYCH, Elżbieta. Przejdź na wyższy poziom (B2/C1). Poznań: Nowela, 2014. ISBN 978-83-62008-41-4. (dostupné v PDF na MS Teams).
ZARYCH, Elżbieta. Język kluczem do kraju (C1/C2). Poznań: Nowela 2018. ISBN 9788365283443.
Poľsko-slovenský slovník. [online]. Dostupné na: https://slovniky.lingea.sk/polsko-slovensky
Encyklopedia PWN. Dostupné online: encyklopedia.pwn.pl
Wielki Słownik Języka Polskiego. Dostupný online: wsjp.pl
Certyfikat polski. Dostupné na: http://certyfikatpolski.pl/
Topics:
1. Person: personal details, education, profession, appearance, clothing, fashion, character, family, family members, family relationships, interpersonal relationships
2. House, housing, neighbourhood: types of rooms, furnishings - furniture and other furnishings, housing costs, renting a flat/house, repairs, renovation
3. Daily life: daily schedule, everyday objects, time and space relations
4. Leisure time, entertainment: leisure activities, cinema, theatre, concerts, press, radio and television, cultural events, hobbies and interests, sports, sports disciplines
5. Travel: means of transport, travelling in Poland and abroad, travel agencies, excursions, accommodation, agrotourism
6. Language and literature: standard language and slang, literary genres, popular literature, fairy tales and fairy tale characters, legends
7. Health and personal hygiene: body parts, personal hygiene, how we feel, health, illnesses, going to the doctor, addictions
8. Education: school subjects, school grades, types of schools, school life and problems, exams, tests
9. Work: job titles, working hours, holidays, salaries and earnings, labour market, qualifications and requirements, unemployment
10. Shopping: food and drink, shops, advertising, internet sales, complaints
11. Environment: plants and animals, landscape, weather, seasons, natural disasters, environmental issues
12. Media: press, radio, television, internet, social role of media
13. Traditions, customs, holidays: religious holidays, national holidays, memorial days, family festivals, Polish and regional customs
14. General topics: lifestyle, standard and conditions of living, cultural life, political and social events (e.g. politics, economy, religion, customs)
Grammar
1. Nouns (declension categories, declension exceptions)
2. Pronouns (types of pronouns, declension categories)
3. Adverbs (gradation)
4. Adjectives (declension, gradation)
5. Verbs (conjugation categories)
6. Numerals (types of numerals, declension)
7. Non-flexible words - conjunctions, particles, prepositions, interjections
8. Syntax (part of sentence, types of compound clauses)
9. Polish phraseology - "frazy, zwroty, wyrażenia"
10. Principles of orthography and punctuation
The state examination may be taken by a student a) after obtaining a minimum number of credits sufficient to achieve the necessary number of credits for the proper completion of studies after obtaining credits for successful completion of the state examinations, b) after successful completion of compulsory courses, compulsory elective courses and elective courses in the structure designated in the study programme, c) after fulfilling the student's obligations stemming from Section 71, paragraph 3, letter b of the Higher Education Act, d) if no disciplinary proceedings are conducted against them. Successful completion of the state examination course is one of the conditions for successful completion of the study programme. The state examination course is evaluated by the examination board with classification grades A to FX. The evaluation of the state examination or part thereof is decided by consensus by the examination board. If the examination board fails to reach a consensus, the marking of the state examination or part thereof shall be decided by voting. In accordance with the faculty's study regulations (VP 5/2020, Art. 15), the framework dates of state examinations are established by the Dean in accordance with the faculty schedule of studies. Departments are obliged to publish their state examination dates on their websites no later than 5 weeks prior to the date of the examinations. The student is to register for the state examination via the academic information system at least three weeks prior to the date of the examination. A student has the right to one regular and two retake dates of the state examination. The regular examination date shall be the one for which the student first applied within the time limit given for the state examinations. If the student has been evaluated with a grade of FX on the regular date of the state examination, the student may take the retake dates of the state examination a) on the following dates for taking the state examinations in the corresponding academic year; or b) on the state examination dates in one of the following academic years in accordance with section 65, paragraph 2 of the Higher Education Act. If a student is unable to attend the date of the state examination or a part thereof for which they has registered due to serious reasons, they must issue a written apology to the chair of the examination board in advance or, at the latest, within three business days after the date of the state examination or any part thereof, if there were serious obstacles preventing them from submitting an apology in advance. If the student does not attend the state examination or any part thereof on the specified date without an explanation, or if the chair of the examination board does not accept the student's apology, the student shall be given a grade of FX for that particular date of the state examination. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and Polish languages.
The state examination consists of a written and an oral part.
The written part of the state examination includes the following components:
(a) listening comprehension, testing the students' ability to understand a spoken text. After listening to the texts, the students are asked to complete worksheet to demonstrate their ability to understand the text;
(b) grammar, checks the students' knowledge of grammar in practice;
c) reading comprehension, tests the students' ability to understand written text. By solving tasks of different types, the students must demonstrate that they can understand the content of the texts without the use of a dictionary;
(d) written communication, which tests the students' ability to write texts without the use of a dictionary. The students write one essay of 230-260 words, with a choice of one of three topics. In addition, they write one to two administrative texts of 40 - 70 words each.
The oral part of the state examination focuses on the analysis and interpretation of linguistic phenomena and on testing the ability to use the chosen language in a variety of communicative situations - the students can start, lead, end and summarise a conversation, talk, question, explain, debate, give arguments and express their opinion, agreement or disagreement, describe graphic material. They are able to produce logically organised utterances, have structurally and lexically rich language, use phraseological, idiomatic and colloquial expressions. The students have time to prepare after the assignment (two questions) has been drawn.
Time frame of the state exam:
LISTENING GRAMMAR READING WRITING SPEAKING
30 - 40 minutes 40 - 50 minutes 35 - 45 minutes 80 minutes 30 minutes
Examination procedure:
1. The students attend the term of the state examination they have applied for according to the schedule set by the department. 2. The students take the written test detailed above. 3. The written part of the examination is followed by the oral part. The students are given two questions from the state examination subject matter, which are presented in writing and anonymously in the form of a random selection from the printed questions or a generator. 4. The Examination Committee allows the students adequate time to prepare an oral response to the questions. 5. The students first introduce themselves in Slovenian, then present the prepared answers to the questions to the examination committee and answer supplementary questions. 6. After the students' answer have been completed, the examination committee decide on the results of the state examination, which will take place in a closed session of the examination committee. The final mark is the average of the marks obtained in all parts of the examination, taking into account the opinion of the members of the committee. The state examination and the announcement of its results is public.
0/100
Students who pass the state examination, have fully mastered the issues covered in the context of the specified topics. They are proficient in the Polish language (C1 level according to CEFR), which means that they are able to express ideas coherently and spontaneously, use the language effectively and flexibly not only for everyday social, but also for academic and professional purposes, understand a wide range of difficult sentences and fully recognise their meaning. They are able to produce clear, well-structured and detailed texts on a wide range of topics, demonstrating controlled production and combination of sentences. In addition, they have theoretical knowledge of Polish phonetics and phonology, morphology, lexicology, syntax, phraseology, which they can apply in practice. They can compare the language systems of Polish and Slovak. They can think critically, formulate their ideas clearly using relevant terminology.
KNEZ, Mihaela, PONIKVAR, Andreja a JERMAN, Tanja. Oblike v oblakih. Slovnične preglednice. Ľubľana: Filozofska fakulteta, 2017. ISBN: 978-961-237-936-3.
LEČIČ, Rada. Basic grammar of the Slovene language: language manual. Cerkno: Gaya, 2012. ISBN 978-961-92674-1-7.
LIBERŠAR, Polona et al. Naprej pa v slovenščini. Ľubľana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete, 2015. ISBN: 978-961-237-725-0.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 1a. Učbenik za začetni tečaj slovenščine kot drugega in tujega jezika. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2012. ISBN 978-961-237-525-6.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 1a. Delovni zvezek za začetni tečaj slovenščine kot drugega in tujega jezika. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2012. ISBN 978-961-237-526-3.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 1b - učbenik. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2013. ISBN: 978-961-237-583-6.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 1b - delovni zvezek. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2013. ISBN: 978-961-237-584-3.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 3a - učbenik. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2009. ISBN: 978-961-237-283-5.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 3a - delovni zvezek. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2009. ISBN: 978-961-237-282-8.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 3b - učbenik. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2009. ISBN: 978-961-237-324-5.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 3b - delovni zvezek. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2009. ISBN: 978-961-237-325-2.
PETRIC LASNIK, Ivana – PIRIH SVETINA, Nataša – PONIKVAR, Andreja. A, B, C ... GREMO. Učbenik za začetnike na tečajih slovenščine kot drugega in tujega jezika (A1). Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2018. ISBN 978-961-06-0044-2.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav. Kapitoly zo slovensko-slovinskej konverzácie. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3831-8.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav. Slovensko-slovinská konverzačná príručka. Bratislava. 2008. ISBN: 978-80-223-2459-5. VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša. Slovinský jazyk v praxi 1. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN: 978-80-223-3832-5.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša. Slovinský jazyk v praxi 1. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN: 978-80-223-3832-5.
Sloene dictionary portal. Dostupné na: http: /www.fran.si/
Topics for the Slovenian language exam:
1. Significant milestones in one's own and other people's lives
2. Natural and cultural attractions of Slovenia and customs of the people
3. Famous Slovenians who have contributed to the formation of the national identity
4. Historical events and milestones in Slovenia and abroad, life of minorities
5. Slovenian and foreign customs, traditional cuisine
6. Current political events, national identity, human rights, equality
7. Status of women in society, generational differences, status of the young and unemployed
8. The issue of migration, its consequences and the integration of migrants in society
9. The world through the eyes of the media
10. Technology at the service of man
11. Slovenia's economy and economic situation in comparison with other countries
Theoretical part:
1. Noun, nominal pronoun (samostalniška beseda), substantivization of adjectives; morphological properties of the noun (gender, subgender, declension, declension, prepositional/non-prepositional cases, person, number); types of noun pronouns (personal, reflexive, interrogative, demonstrative, demonstrative, infinitive, indefinite, definite); word-formation.
2. Adjective, numeral, adjectival pronoun (adjectival phrase); types of adjectives (qualitative, relational and possessive adjectives); morphological properties of adjectives (gender, case, number, definite/ indefinite forms, gradation of adjectives); numerals (main, ordinal, group, multiple, generic, definite and indefinite).
3. Verbs and verb categories (person, number, tense, manner, verb aspect and gender); supine, participles; verbal noun; verb wordformation.
4. Adverbs (gradation of adverbs, adverbs as conjunctions).
5. Synsemantic word classes: prepositions (prepositional and non-prepositional cases); conjunctions (subordinating - subordinating); particles; interjections.
6. Syntactic patterns (e.g., naming, expressing time, expressing thought, opinion, cause, agreement/disagreement, etc.); active and passive forms; direct and indirect speech; word order and clause order (fixed word order, order of enclitics, word order in the negative clause).
7. Slovene phrasemes.
8. Slovenian spelling (writing of capital letters in words).
The state examination may be taken by a student a) after obtaining a minimum number of credits sufficient to achieve the necessary number of credits for the proper completion of studies after obtaining credits for successful completion of the state examinations, b) after successful completion of compulsory courses, compulsory elective courses and elective courses in the structure designated in the study programme, c) after fulfilling the student's obligations stemming from Section 71, paragraph 3, letter b of the Higher Education Act, d) if no disciplinary proceedings are conducted against them. Successful completion of the state examination course is one of the conditions for successful completion of the study programme. The state examination course is evaluated by the examination board with classification grades A to FX. The evaluation of the state examination or part thereof is decided by consensus by the examination board. If the examination board fails to reach a consensus, the marking of the state examination or part thereof shall be decided by voting. In accordance with the faculty's study regulations (VP 5/2020, Art. 15), the framework dates of state examinations are established by the Dean in accordance with the faculty schedule of studies. Departments are obliged to publish their state examination dates on their websites no later than 5 weeks prior to the date of the examinations. The student is to register for the state examination via the academic information system at least three weeks prior to the date of the examination. A student has the right to one regular and two retake dates of the state examination. The regular examination date shall be the one for which the student first applied within the time limit given for the state examinations. If the student has been evaluated with a grade of FX on the regular date of the state examination, the student may take the retake dates of the state examination a) on the following dates for taking the state examinations in the corresponding academic year; or b) on the state examination dates in one of the following academic years in accordance with section 65, paragraph 2 of the Higher Education Act. If a student is unable to attend the date of the state examination or a part thereof for which they has registered due to serious reasons, they must issue a written apology to the chair of the examination board in advance or, at the latest, within three business days after the date of the state examination or any part thereof, if there were serious obstacles preventing them from submitting an apology in advance. If the student does not attend the state examination or any part thereof on the specified date without an explanation, or if the chair of the examination board does not accept the student's apology, the student shall be given a grade of FX for that particular date of the state examination. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and Slovene languages.
The state examination consists of a written and an oral part.
The written part of the state examination includes the following components:
(a) listening comprehension, testing the students' ability to understand a spoken text. After listening to the texts, the students are asked to complete worksheet to demonstrate their ability to understand the text;
(b) grammar, checks the students' knowledge of grammar in practice;
c) reading comprehension, tests the students' ability to understand written text. By solving tasks of different types, the students must demonstrate that they can understand the content of the texts without the use of a dictionary;
(d) written communication, which tests the students' ability to write texts without the use of a dictionary. The students write one essay of 230-260 words, with a choice of one of three topics. In addition, they write one to two administrative texts of 40 - 70 words each.
The oral part of the state examination focuses on the analysis and interpretation of linguistic phenomena and on testing the ability to use the chosen language in a variety of communicative situations - the students can start, lead, end and summarise a conversation, talk, question, explain, debate, give arguments and express their opinion, agreement or disagreement, describe graphic material. They are able to produce logically organised utterances, have structurally and lexically rich language, use phraseological, idiomatic and colloquial expressions. The students have time to prepare after the assignment (two questions) has been drawn.
Time frame of the state exam:
LISTENING GRAMMAR READING WRITING SPEAKING
30 - 40 minutes 40 - 50 minutes 35 - 45 minutes 80 minutes 30 minutes
Examination procedure:
1. The students attend the term of the state examination they have applied for according to the schedule set by the department. 2. The students take the written test detailed above. 3. The written part of the examination is followed by the oral part. The students are given two questions from the state examination subject matter, which are presented in writing and anonymously in the form of a random selection from the printed questions or a generator. 4. The Examination Committee allows the students adequate time to prepare an oral response to the questions. 5. The students first introduce themselves in Slovenian, then present the prepared answers to the questions to the examination committee and answer supplementary questions. 6. After the students' answer have been completed, the examination committee decide on the results of the state examination, which will take place in a closed session of the examination committee. The final mark is the average of the marks obtained in all parts of the examination, taking into account the opinion of the members of the committee. The state examination and the announcement of its results is public.
0/100
Students who pass the state examination, have fully mastered the issues covered in the context of the specified topics. They are proficient in the Slovenian language (C1 level according to CEFR), which means that they are able to express ideas coherently and spontaneously, use the language effectively and flexibly not only for everyday social, but also for academic and professional purposes, understand a wide range of difficult sentences and fully recognise their meaning. They are able to produce clear, well-structured and detailed texts on a wide range of topics, demonstrating controlled production and combination of sentences. In addition, they have theoretical knowledge of Slovenian phonetics and phonology, morphology, lexicology, syntax, phraseology, which they can apply in practice. They can compare the language systems of Slovak and Slovene. They can think critically, formulate their ideas clearly using relevant terminology.
DEMPSEY, Amy. Moderné umenie. Bratislava: Slovart, 2020. ISBN 9788055643984.
DOLNÍK, Juraj. Všeobecná jazykoveda. Bratislava: Veda, 2010. ISBN 9788022410786.
JAKSICSOVÁ, Vlasta. Kultúra v dejinách. Bratislava: Veda, 2012. ISBN 9788022412384.
GABRÍKOVÁ, Adela et al. Krížom krážom. Slovenčina B2. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. učebnica + 2CD. ISBN 9788022336604.
KÁZMEROVÁ, Ľubica. Výchova a vzdelávanie v siločiarach času. Bratislava: Veda, 2020. ISBN 9788022418676.
ONDREJOVIČ, Slavomír. Jazyk, veda o jazyku, societa. Bratislava: Veda, 2008. ISBN 9788022409940.
TANCER, Jozef. Rozviazané jazyky. Bratislava: Slovart, 2016. ISBN 9788055624587.
VOHNOUT, Juraj. Slovensko / lokality UNESCO. Bratislava: Fotovideoshop, 2019. ISBN 9788097331009.
ZBOJEK, Ján. Šlabikár podnikania. Košice: Paco Fin, 2012. ISBN 9788096975952.
ŽIGO, Pavol et al. Slovacicum. Kapitoly z dejín slovenskej kultúry. Bratislava: Academic Electronic Press, 2004. ISBN 8088880564.
ŽIGOVÁ, Ľudmila. Praktikum zo slovenskej gramatiky a ortografie pre cudzincov B1 – B2 Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 9788022338349.
Úrad vlády Slovenskej republiky: https://archiv.vlada.gov.sk/old.uv/7887/slovenskoc424.html?menu=1265
https://profil.kultury.sk/sk/statny-system/
https://www.minedu.sk/data/att/10890.pdf
kodifikačné príručky (PSP, PSV, KSSJ) a slovníky (SSS, SSSJ)
slovnik.juls.savba.sk
Thematic areas:
1. Lifestyle of Young People – Trends in Youth Life, Changes in Lifestyle
Taking care of physical health – eating habits, exercise and physical activity, sleep and recovery
Taking care of mental health – coping with stress, social media and mental health, the influencer phenomenon, work-life balance, virtual reality
2. Travelling and Its Benefits for Individuals
Learning about other cultures, seeing the world from different perspectives, understanding connections
Advantages and disadvantages of travelling alone or in a group, backpacking vs. flashpacking, travelling as a trend
Tourism and its impact on a country – mass tourism vs. sustainable tourism, responsible tourist behaviour, tourism regulations, tourism after the pandemic
Digital nomads – pros and cons, how to combine work and travel
3. Work and Employment
The importance of work in a person’s life (different aspects of work), the impact of unemployment on individuals
Work relationships, rights and responsibilities of employers and employees, the ideal employee and employer, criteria for choosing an employee
Job interview – how to prepare, dos and don’ts, specifics of online interviews
4. Media and the World of Information
An overview of the history of different types of media, their advantages and disadvantages
Traditional vs. alternative media – fact-checking, disinformation, media and propaganda, conspiracy theories and their popularity
Social media and its impact – young people and media literacy (critical thinking, online discussions, trolling, hate speech)
The future of media – artificial intelligence and content creation, virtual reality
5. Family and Its Functions
The modern family in Slovakia and in my country, types of partnerships and cohabitation
Family and intergenerational living – characteristics of my generation and comparison with others, generational views and priorities, intergenerational relationships
The role of men and women in society – gender (in)equality, male/female dominance in certain fields, ways to improve the situation of women
6. Ecology in Practice
What individuals can do to protect the environment (responsible consumption, recycling, changing eating habits)
Climate change – causes, the future of our planet and possible solutions (sustainable development, renewable resources, biodiversity protection), making money from the green lifestyle (greenwashing)
Ecology and education, ecological activism
7. Money in Our Lives
Attitudes towards money, financial literacy, earning vs. spending
Social differences – social stratification in Slovakia before and after 1989, social problems, wealth vs. poverty
Social solidarity, the role of the state, ways to reduce social differences (social benefits, etc.)
8. Political System in Slovakia
Parliamentary democracy
The parliament, the government, the president and their responsibilities
Slovakia’s international position, the European Union, Slovakia’s international direction, Slovakia’s representation in EU institutions, adoption of the euro and its consequences, NATO, the Council of Europe, international treaties and their ratification
9. Slovakia and Its Regions
The importance of individual regions, natural and cultural attractions in each region
UNESCO heritage sites in Slovakia
10. Culture in My Life and in Society
Favourite cultural forms, authors, works, the importance of developing culture
Contemporary art – traditional vs. modern values, the line between art and commerce, globalization in culture and the arts, art and new technologies, civic engagement of artists
11. Language as Part of Culture
Major and minority languages, endangered languages, dialects
Language and identity – language and culture, language and the interpretation of the world
Language situation in Slovakia – languages spoken in Slovakia, development of the Slovak standard language, attitudes towards the standard language, language policy
12. Science and Understanding the World
The importance of science, the role of science and scientists in society, trust in science, rationality vs. irrationality in today’s world
Education and science – how technology has changed education, artificial intelligence and learning
Modern technologies in our lives – pros and cons, how modern technologies speed up our lives
Grammar:
1. Nouns (declension categories, declension exceptions)
2. Pronouns (types of pronouns, declension categories)
3. Adverbs (comparison of adverbs)
4. Adjectives (declension, comparison)
5. Verbs (conjugation categories)
6. Numerals (types of numerals, declension)
7. Uninflected parts of speech - conjunctions, particles, prepositions, interjections (types)
8. Syntax (syntactic constituents, types of clauses)
9. Phraseology
10. Principles of orthography and punctuation
The state examination may be taken by a student:
a) after obtaining a minimum number of credits sufficient to achieve the necessary number of credits for the proper completion of studies after obtaining credits for successful completion of the state examinations,
b) after successful completion of compulsory courses, compulsory elective courses and elective courses in the structure designated in the study programme,
c) after fulfilling the student's obligations stemming from Section 71, paragraph 3, letter b of the Higher Education Act,
d) if no disciplinary proceedings are conducted against them.
Successful completion of the state examination course is one of the conditions for successful completion of the study programme. The state examination course is evaluated by the examination board with classification grades A to FX. The evaluation of the state examination or part thereof is decided by consensus by the examination board. If the examination board fails to reach a consensus, the marking of the state examination or part thereof shall be decided by voting.
In accordance with the faculty's study regulations (VP 5/2020, Art. 15), the framework dates of
state examinations are established by the Dean in accordance with the faculty schedule of studies.
Departments are obliged to publish their state examination dates on their websites no later than 5
weeks prior to the date of the examinations. The student is to register for the state examination via
the academic information system at least three weeks prior to the date of the examination. A student has the right to one regular and two retake dates of the state examination. The regular examination date shall be the one for which the student first applied within the time limit given for the state examinations. If the student has been evaluated with a grade of FX on the regular date of the state examination, the student may take the retake dates of the state examination:
a) on the following dates for taking the state examinations in the corresponding academic year; or b) on the state examination dates in one of the following academic years in accordance with section 65, paragraph 2 of the Higher Education Act. If a student is unable to attend the date of the state examination or a part thereof for which they has registered due to serious reasons, they must issue a written apology to the chair of the examination board in advance or, at the latest, within three business days after the date of the state examination or any part thereof, if there were serious obstacles preventing them from submitting an apology in advance. If the student does not attend the state examination or any part thereof on the specified date without an explanation, or if the chair of the examination board does not accept the student's apology, the student shall be given a grade of FX for that particular date of the state examination. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak
The state examination consists of a written and an oral part.
The written part of the state examination includes the following components:
(a) listening comprehension, testing the students' ability to understand a spoken text. After listening
to the texts, the students are asked to complete worksheet to demonstrate their ability to understand the text;
(b) grammar, checks the students' knowledge of grammar in practice;
c) reading comprehension, tests the students' ability to understand written text. By solving tasks
of different types, the students must demonstrate that they can understand the content of the texts
without the use of a dictionary;
(d) written communication, which tests the students' ability to write texts without the use of a
dictionary. The students write one essay of 230-260 words, with a choice of one of three topics. In
addition, they write one to two administrative texts of 40 - 70 words each.
The oral part of the state examination focuses on the analysis and interpretation of linguistic
phenomena and on testing the ability to use the chosen language in a variety of communicative
situations - the students can start, lead, end and summarise a conversation, talk, question, explain,
debate, give arguments and express their opinion, agreement or disagreement, describe graphic
material. They are able to produce logically organised utterances, have structurally and lexically
rich language, use phraseological, idiomatic and colloquial expressions. The students have time to
prepare after the assignment (two questions) has been drawn.
Time frame of the state exam:
LISTENING: 30 - 40 minutes
GRAMMAR: 40 - 50 minutes
READING: 35 - 45 minutes
WRITING: 80 minutes
SPEAKING: 30 minutes
Examination procedure:
1. The students attend the term of the state examination they have applied for according to the
schedule set by the department.
2. The students take the written test detailed above.
3. The written part of the examination is followed by the oral part. The students are given two questions from the state examination subject matter, which are presented in writing and anonymously in the form of a random selection from the printed questions or a generator.
4. The Examination Committee allows the students adequate time to prepare an oral response to the questions.
5. The students first introduce themselves in Slovak, then present the prepared answers to the questions to the examination committee and answer supplementary questions.
6. After the students' answer have been completed, the examination committee decide on the results of the state examination, which will take place in a closed session of the examination committee. The final mark is the average of the marks obtained in all parts of the examination, taking into account the opinion of the members of the committee. The state examination and the announcement of its results is public.
0/100
Students who pass the state examination, have fully mastered the issues covered in the context
of the specified topics. They are proficient in the Slovak language (C1 level according to CEFR), which means that they are able to express ideas coherently and spontaneously, use the language effectively and flexibly not only for everyday social, but also for academic and professional purposes, understand a wide range of difficult sentences and fully recognise their meaning. They are able to produce clear, well-structured and detailed texts on a wide range of topics, demonstrating controlled production and combination of sentences. In addition, they have theoretical knowledge of Slovak phonetics and phonology, morphology, lexicology, syntax, phraseology, which they can apply in practice. They can think critically, formulate their ideas clearly using relevant terminology.
BARTNICKA, Barbara, SATKIEWICZ, Halina. Gramatyka języka polskiego. Podrecznik dla cudzoziemców. Warszawa: Wiedza Powszechna, 2006. ISBN 978-83-214-0771-4.
BURKAT, Agnieszka, JASIŃSKA, Agnieszka. Hurra!!! Po polsku 2 (A2). Kraków: Prolog 2010. ISBN 9788360229347.
BURKAT, Agnieszka et al. Hurra!!! Po polsku 3 (B1). Kraków: Prolog 2010.ISBN 978-8360229286.
DZIAMSKA-LENART, Gabriela et. al. Słownik frazeologiczny z ćwiczeniami dla uczących się języka polskiego jako obcego. Poznań: Rys, 2021. ISBN 978-83-66666-50-4. Dostupné na: http://coolfraz.amu.edu.pl/#/slownik-papierowy
GUZIUK-ŚWICA, Barbara et al. Język polski bez granic. Podręcznik do nauki języka polskiego jako obcego dla szkół ukraińskich. Klasa XI. B2. Lublin: Stowarzyszenie "Wspólnota Polska", 2018. ISBN 978-83-64206-33-7. Dostupné na: http://wspolnotapolska.org.pl/bezgranic/polski_11.php
KRZEMPEK, Monika. Polski na A, 2. časť. Bratislava: Unniverzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3829-5.
MADEJA, Anna, MORCINEK, Barbara. Polski mniej obcy. Podręcznik do nauki języka polskiego dla średnio zaawansowanych. Katowice: Śląsk, 2007. ISBN 978-83-7164-517-4.
MAJCHER-LEGAWIEC, Urszula et al. Polak potrafi. O wielkich Polakach w Polsce i na świecie. Kraków: Fundacja Wspierania Kultury i Języka Polskiego im. Mikołaja Reja, 2016. ISBN 9788394316518. Dostupné na: http://fundacjareja.eu/polak-potrafi-spis-tresci/
MAŁOLEPSZA, Małgorzata, SZYMKIEWICZ, Aneta. Hurra!!! Po polsku 1. Podręcznik studenta. Kraków: Prolog, 2010. ISBN 978-83-60229-24-8.
OBERTOVÁ, Zuzana: Polski na A. Część I. Zeszyt ćwiczeń. Nepublikované skriptá dostupné v MS Teams.
PANČÍKOVÁ, Marta, STEFAŃCZYK, Wiesław. Po tamtej stronie Tatr. Kraków: Universitas, 2003. ISBN 83-242-0198-X.
PANČÍKOVÁ, Marta. Zradnosti poľskej a slovenskej lexiky. Opole: Uniwersytet Opolski, 2005. ISBN 83-906076-5-4.
SOKOLOVÁ , Miroslava et al. Slovenčina a poľština. Synchrónne porovnanie s cvičeniami. Prešov: Prešovská univerzita, 2012. Dostupné na: https://www.pulib.sk/web/kniznica/elpub/dokument/Sokolova1
WAWRZYNIAK, Kinga. Polski na A. Część 1. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 978–80–223–3828–8.
ZAKRZEWSKA-VERDUGO, Magdalena: Polski na A. Część 3. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2020. ISBN 978-80-223-5037-2 (ešte nepublikované skriptá, dostupné v elektronickej podobe v MS Teams).
ZAKRZEWSKA-VERDUGO, Magdalena: Polski na A. Część 4. (nepublikované skriptá, dostupné v elektronickej podobe v MS Teams).
Encyklopedia PWN. Dostupné online: encyklopedia.pwn.pl
Wielki Słownik Języka Polskiego. Dostupný online: wsjp.pl
Certyfikat polski. Dostupné na: http://certyfikatpolski.pl/
Topics:
1. Introduce yourself.
2. Leisure time and entertainment
3. Work and employment
4. Man - appearance and character traits
5. Travelling and tourism
6. Eating, healthy lifestyle
7. House and family (description of house and room, family members, relationships)
8. Shopping
Grammar
1. Nouns (grammatical categories - gender, number, case)
2. Adjectives (grammatical categories - gender, number, case, gradation)
3. Adverbs (gradation)
4. Verbs (grammatical categories - tense, mood, person, gender, number, aspect, passive and active voice)
5. Basic and ordinal numerals
The state examination may be taken by a student a) after obtaining a minimum number of credits sufficient to achieve the necessary number of credits for the proper completion of studies after obtaining credits for successful completion of the state examinations, b) after successful completion of compulsory courses, compulsory elective courses and elective courses in the structure designated in the study programme, c) after fulfilling the student's obligations stemming from Section 71, paragraph 3, letter b of the Higher Education Act, d) if no disciplinary proceedings are conducted against them. Successful completion of the state examination course is one of the conditions for successful completion of the study programme. The state examination course is evaluated by the examination board with classification grades A to FX. The evaluation of the state examination or part thereof is decided by consensus by the examination board. If the examination board fails to reach a consensus, the marking of the state examination or part thereof shall be decided by voting. In accordance with the faculty's study regulations (VP 5/2020, Art. 15), the framework dates of state examinations are established by the Dean in accordance with the faculty schedule of studies. Departments are obliged to publish their state examination dates on their websites no later than 5 weeks prior to the date of the examinations. The student is to register for the state examination via the academic information system at least three weeks prior to the date of the examination. A student has the right to one regular and two retake dates of the state examination. The regular examination date shall be the one for which the student first applied within the time limit given for the state examinations. If the student has been evaluated with a grade of FX on the regular date of the state examination, the student may take the retake dates of the state examination a) on the following dates for taking the state examinations in the corresponding academic year; or b) on the state examination dates in one of the following academic years in accordance with section 65, paragraph 2 of the Higher Education Act. If a student is unable to attend the date of the state examination or a part thereof for which they has registered due to serious reasons, they must issue a written apology to the chair of the examination board in advance or, at the latest, within three business days after the date of the state examination or any part thereof, if there were serious obstacles preventing them from submitting an apology in advance. If the student does not attend the state examination or any part thereof on the specified date without an explanation, or if the chair of the examination board does not accept the student's apology, the student shall be given a grade of FX for that particular date of the state examination. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and Polish languages.
The state examination consists of a written and an oral part.
The written part of the state examination includes the following components:
a) listening comprehension, testing the students' ability to understand a spoken text. After listening to the texts, the students are asked to complete worksheet to demonstrate their ability to understand the text;
b) grammar, checks the students' knowledge of grammar in practice;
c) reading comprehension, tests the students' ability to understand written text. By solving tasks of different types, the students must demonstrate that they can understand the content of the texts without the use of a dictionary;
d) written communication, which tests the students' ability to write texts without the use of a dictionary. The students write two to three texts of approximately 200 words altogether.
The oral part of the state examination focuses on the analysis and interpretation of linguistic phenomena and on testing the ability to use the chosen language in common communicative situations - the students can lead, a conversation, talk, question, explain, debate, give arguments and express their opinion, agreement or disagreement, describe an event, speak of interests, experiences, dreams and plans, discribe pictures.The students have time to prepare after the assignment (two questions) has been drawn.
Time frame of the state exam:
LISTENING GRAMMAR READING WRITING SPEAKING
25 minutes 50 minutes 45 minutes 50 minutes 30 minutes
Examination procedure:
1. The students attend the term of the state examination they have applied for according to the schedule set by the department. 2. The students take the written test detailed above. 3. The written part of the examination is followed by the oral part. The students are given two questions from the state examination subject matter, which are presented in writing and anonymously in the form of a random selection from the printed questions or a generator. 4. The Examination Committee allows the students adequate time to prepare an oral response to the questions. 5. The students first introduce themselves in Slovenian, then present the prepared answers to the questions to the examination committee and answer supplementary questions. 6. After the students' answer have been completed, the examination committee decide on the results of the state examination, which will take place in a closed session of the examination committee. The final mark is the average of the marks obtained in all parts of the examination, taking into account the opinion of the members of the committee. The state examination and the announcement of its results is public.
0/100
Students who pass the state examination, have fully mastered the issues covered in the context of the specified topics. Their knowledge of the Polish language is at B1 level according to CEFR, which means that they are able to deal with most common communication situations, understand the main points of clear standard speech on topics they are familiar with (occuring at work, school, during leisure time, etc.), are able to describe experiences and events, desires and ambitions, give reasons and explanations for opinions and plans in a concise manner and can produce simple coherent text on topics they are familiar with. In addition they have theoretical knowledge of the Polish language system, which they can apply in practice. The students are able to compare the language systems of Slovak and Polish within the given subject areas. They can think critically and formulate their ideas clearly using relevant terminology.
KNEZ, Mihaela, PONIKVAR, Andreja a JERMAN, Tanja. Oblike v oblakih. Slovnične preglednice. Ľubľana: Filozofska fakulteta, 2017. ISBN: 978-961-237-936-3.
LEČIČ, Rada. Basic grammar of the Slovene language: language manual. Cerkno: Gaya, 2012. ISBN 978-961-92674-1-7.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 1a. Učbenik za začetni tečaj slovenščine kot drugega in tujega jezika. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2012. ISBN 978-961-237-525-6.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 1a. Delovni zvezek za začetni tečaj slovenščine kot drugega in tujega jezika. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2012. ISBN 978-961-237-526-3.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 1b - učbenik. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2013. ISBN: 978-961-237-583-6.
MARKOVIČ, Andreja et al. Slovenska beseda v živo 1b - delovni zvezek. Ľubľana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik, 2013. ISBN: 978-961-237-584-3.
PETRIC LASNIK, Ivana – PIRIH SVETINA, Nataša – PONIKVAR, Andreja. A, B, C ... GREMO. Učbenik za začetnike na tečajih slovenščine kot drugega in tujega jezika (A1). Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2018. ISBN 978-961-06-0044-2.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav. Kapitoly zo slovensko-slovinskej konverzácie. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3831-8.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav. Slovensko-slovinská konverzačná príručka. Bratislava. 2008. ISBN: 978-80-223-2459-5. VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša. Slovinský jazyk v praxi 1. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN: 978-80-223-3832-5.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša. Slovinský jazyk v praxi 1. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2014. ISBN: 978-80-223-3832-5.
Slovene dictionary portal. Dostupné na: http: /www.fran.si/
Topics:
1. Personal identity, introducing oneself (personal details, countries, nationalities, occupations, appearance, leisure time, languages, telephone conversation, relationships between/among people, public vs. private)
2. Work and employment (occupations, work, study, job search, employment conditions, working conditions, earnings, formal telephone conversation, description of work environment)
3. Transport and travelling (getting information about the country, instructions and dialogues with officials, residents, services, information about Slovenia, orientation in space, street, vehicles, borders, documents, street signs, weather forecast, time, what is the clock?)
4. Home and family (types of dwellings, rooms, furniture and furnishings, networks, household appliances, tools and instruments, housework, ownership/renting of a flat, family members and relations between them, celebrating holidays, pets, advertisements)
5. Food and drink (types of food and drink, food preparation and eating, healthy eating, ordering, inviting and responding to invitations)
6. Shopping (shops, prices, payment, clothes and shoes, fashion, money, units of measurement/amount)
7. Leisure time and entertainment (hobbies and interests, events, radio and television, cinema, theatre, concerts, exhibitions, museums, architecture, literature, intellectual and artistic activities, press, electronic media, sport and recreation, invitation and response to it)
8. Education (types of schools, education system, levels of education, subjects taught, qualifications, subjects in the classroom)
Grammar
The students can identify and define in a text what is:
1) Noun, nominal pronoun (samostalniška beseda); morphological properties of nouns (gender - subgender, case, prepositional/non-prepositional cases, person, number); nominal pronouns (personal pronouns); word formation (e.g., occupations, inhabitants of particular countries, diminutives)
2) Adjective, numeral, adjectival pronoun (pridevniška beseda); types of adjectives (qualitative, relational and possessive adjectives); morphological properties of adjectives (gender, case, number, definite/indefinite forms, gradation of adjectives); numerals (main and ordinal)
3) Verb and verb categories (person, number, tense, manner, verb voice), verb groups, verb tense (past, present, future), negation, modal verbs.
4) Use of prepositions
5) Word order and clause order in Slovene
The state examination may be taken by a student a) after obtaining a minimum number of credits sufficient to achieve the necessary number of credits for the proper completion of studies after obtaining credits for successful completion of the state examinations, b) after successful completion of compulsory courses, compulsory elective courses and elective courses in the structure designated in the study programme, c) after fulfilling the student's obligations stemming from Section 71, paragraph 3, letter b of the Higher Education Act, d) if no disciplinary proceedings are conducted against them. Successful completion of the state examination course is one of the conditions for successful completion of the study programme. The state examination course is evaluated by the examination board with classification grades A to FX. The evaluation of the state examination or part thereof is decided by consensus by the examination board. If the examination board fails to reach a consensus, the marking of the state examination or part thereof shall be decided by voting. In accordance with the faculty's study regulations (VP 5/2020, Art. 15), the framework dates of state examinations are established by the Dean in accordance with the faculty schedule of studies. Departments are obliged to publish their state examination dates on their websites no later than 5 weeks prior to the date of the examinations. The student is to register for the state examination via the academic information system at least three weeks prior to the date of the examination. A student has the right to one regular and two retake dates of the state examination. The regular examination date shall be the one for which the student first applied within the time limit given for the state examinations. If the student has been evaluated with a grade of FX on the regular date of the state examination, the student may take the retake dates of the state examination a) on the following dates for taking the state examinations in the corresponding academic year; or b) on the state examination dates in one of the following academic years in accordance with section 65, paragraph 2 of the Higher Education Act. If a student is unable to attend the date of the state examination or a part thereof for which they has registered due to serious reasons, they must issue a written apology to the chair of the examination board in advance or, at the latest, within three business days after the date of the state examination or any part thereof, if there were serious obstacles preventing them from submitting an apology in advance. If the student does not attend the state examination or any part thereof on the specified date without an explanation, or if the chair of the examination board does not accept the student's apology, the student shall be given a grade of FX for that particular date of the state examination. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and Slovene languages.
The state examination consists of a written and an oral part.
The written part of the state examination includes the following components:
a) listening comprehension, testing the students' ability to understand a spoken text. After listening to the texts, the students are asked to complete worksheet to demonstrate their ability to understand the text;
b) grammar, checks the students' knowledge of grammar in practice;
c) reading comprehension, tests the students' ability to understand written text. By solving tasks of different types, the students must demonstrate that they can understand the content of the texts without the use of a dictionary;
d) written communication, which tests the students' ability to write texts without the use of a dictionary. The students write two to three texts of approximately 200 words altogether.
The oral part of the state examination focuses on the analysis and interpretation of linguistic phenomena and on testing the ability to use the chosen language in common communicative situations - the students can lead, a conversation, talk, question, explain, debate, give arguments and express their opinion, agreement or disagreement, describe an event, speak of interests, experiences, dreams and plans, discribe pictures.The students have time to prepare after the assignment (two questions) has been drawn.
Time frame of the state exam:
LISTENING GRAMMAR READING WRITING SPEAKING
25 minutes 50 minutes 45 minutes 50 minutes 30 minutes
Examination procedure:
1. The students attend the term of the state examination they have applied for according to the schedule set by the department. 2. The students take the written test detailed above. 3. The written part of the examination is followed by the oral part. The students are given two questions from the state examination subject matter, which are presented in writing and anonymously in the form of a random selection from the printed questions or a generator. 4. The Examination Committee allows the students adequate time to prepare an oral response to the questions. 5. The students first introduce themselves in Slovenian, then present the prepared answers to the questions to the examination committee and answer supplementary questions. 6. After the students' answer have been completed, the examination committee decide on the results of the state examination, which will take place in a closed session of the examination committee. The final mark is the average of the marks obtained in all parts of the examination, taking into account the opinion of the members of the committee. The state examination and the announcement of its results is public.
0/100
Students who pass the state examination, have fully mastered the issues covered in the context of the specified topics. Their knowledge of the Slovenian language is B1 level according to CEFR, which means that they are able to deal with most common communication situations, understand the main points of clear standard speech on topics they are familiar with (occuring at work, school, during leisure time, etc.), are able to describe experiences and events, desires and ambitions, give reasons and explanations for opinions and plans in a concise manner and can produce simple coherent text on topics they are familiar with. In addition they have theoretical knowledge of the Slovenian language system, which they can apply in practice. The students are able to compare the language systems of Slovak and Slovenian within the given subject areas. They can think critically and formulate theirideas clearly using relevant terminology.
DANEŠ, František. Český jazyk na přelomu tisíciletí. 1. vyd. Praha : Academia, 1997, ISBN 80-210-1796-1.
ČMEJRKOVÁ, Světla. Čeština, jak ji znáte i neznáte. Vyd. 1. Praha : Academia, 1996, ISBN 80-200-0589-7.
SOKOLOVÁ, Miloslava – MUSILOVÁ, Květoslava – SLANČOVÁ, Dana: Slovenčina a čeština. Synchrónne porovnanie s cvičeniami. Bratislava : Univerzita Komenského, 2005, ISBN 978-80-223-2358-1. Dostupné na: https://is.muni.cz/el/1421/podzim2011/SKB503/um/SLOV-CES.pdf.
VRBOVÁ, Alena. Stylistika pro překladatele : texty a cvičení. 1. vyd. Praha : Karolinum, 1998, ISBN ISBN 80-718-4585-X. DANEŠ, František. Kultura a struktura českého jazyka. Praha : Karolinum, 2009, ISBN 978-80-246-1648-3.
Professional and literary texts
Magazines and newspapers
Audiovisual media: film, radio, television, video
Topics:
1. Introducing yourself
2. Leisure time and entertainment
3. Work and employment
4. Human appearance and character traits
5. Travelling and tourism
6. Diet, healthy lifestyle
7. Home and family (description of house and room, family members, relationships)
8. Shopping
Grammar
1. Nouns (grammatical categories - gender, number, case )
2. Adjectives (grammatical categories - gender, number, case, gradation)
3. Adverbs (gradation)
4. Verbs (grammatical categories - tense, mood, person, gender, number, aspect, past and active voice)
5. Basic and ordinal numerals
The state examination may be taken by a student a) after obtaining a minimum number of credits sufficient to achieve the necessary number of credits for the proper completion of studies after obtaining credits for successful completion of the state examinations, b) after successful completion of compulsory courses, compulsory elective courses and elective courses in the structure designated in the study programme, c) after fulfilling the student's obligations stemming from Section 71, paragraph 3, letter b of the Higher Education Act, d) if no disciplinary proceedings are conducted against them. Successful completion of the state examination course is one of the conditions for successful completion of the study programme. The state examination course is evaluated by the examination board with classification grades A to FX. The evaluation of the state examination or part thereof is decided by consensus by the examination board. If the examination board fails to reach a consensus, the marking of the state examination or part thereof shall be decided by voting. In accordance with the faculty's study regulations (VP 5/2020, Art. 15), the framework dates of state examinations are established by the Dean in accordance with the faculty schedule of studies. Departments are obliged to publish their state examination dates on their websites no later than 5 weeks prior to the date of the examinations. The student is to register for the state examination via the academic information system at least three weeks prior to the date of the examination. A student has the right to one regular and two retake dates of the state examination. The regular examination date shall be the one for which the student first applied within the time limit given for the state examinations. If the student has been evaluated with a grade of FX on the regular date of the state examination, the student may take the retake dates of the state examination a) on the following dates for taking the state examinations in the corresponding academic year; or b) on the state examination dates in one of the following academic years in accordance with section 65, paragraph 2 of the Higher Education Act. If a student is unable to attend the date of the state examination or a part thereof for which they has registered due to serious reasons, they must issue a written apology to the chair of the examination board in advance or, at the latest, within three business days after the date of the state examination or any part thereof, if there were serious obstacles preventing them from submitting an apology in advance. If the student does not attend the state examination or any part thereof on the specified date without an explanation, or if the chair of the examination board does not accept the student's apology, the student shall be given a grade of FX for that particular date of the state examination. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and Czech languages.
The state examination consists of a written and an oral part.
The written part of the state examination includes the following components:
a) listening comprehension, testing the students' ability to understand a spoken text. After listening to the texts, the students are asked to complete worksheet to demonstrate their ability to understand the text;
b) grammar, checks the students' knowledge of grammar in practice;
c) reading comprehension, tests the students' ability to understand written text. By solving tasks of different types, the students must demonstrate that they can understand the content of the texts without the use of a dictionary;
d) written communication, which tests the students' ability to write texts without the use of a dictionary. The students write two to three texts of approximately 200 words altogether.
The oral part of the state examination focuses on the analysis and interpretation of linguistic phenomena and on testing the ability to use the chosen language in common communicative situations - the students can lead, a conversation, talk, question, explain, debate, give arguments and express their opinion, agreement or disagreement, describe an event, speak of interests, experiences, dreams and plans, discribe pictures.The students have time to prepare after the assignment (two questions) has been drawn.
Time frame of the state exam:
LISTENING GRAMMAR READING WRITING SPEAKING
25 minutes 50 minutes 45 minutes 50 minutes 30 minutes
Examination procedure:
1. The students attend the term of the state examination they have applied for according to the schedule set by the department. 2. The students take the written test detailed above. 3. The written part of the examination is followed by the oral part. The students are given two questions from the state examination subject matter, which are presented in writing and anonymously in the form of a random selection from the printed questions or a generator. 4. The Examination Committee allows the students adequate time to prepare an oral response to the questions. 5. The students first introduce themselves in Slovenian, then present the prepared answers to the questions to the examination committee and answer supplementary questions. 6. After the students' answer have been completed, the examination committee decide on the results of the state examination, which will take place in a closed session of the examination committee. The final mark is the average of the marks obtained in all parts of the examination, taking into account the opinion of the members of the committee. The state examination and the announcement of its results is public.
0/100
Students who pass the state examination, have fully mastered the issues covered in the context of the specified topics. Their knowledge of the Czech language is at B1 level according to CEFR, which means that they are able to deal with most common communication situations, understand the main points of clear standard speech on topics they are familiar with (occuring at work, school, during leisure time, etc.), are able to describe experiences and events, desires and ambitions, give reasons and explanations for opinions and plans in a concise manner and can produce simple coherent text on topics they are familiar with. In addition they have theoretical knowledge of the Czech language system, which they can apply in practice. The students are able to compare the language systems of Slovak and Czech within the given subject areas. They can think critically and formulate their ideas clearly using relevant terminology.
LOTMAN, Michajlovič Jurij. Semiotika filmu a problémy filmovej estetiky. Bratislava: Slovenský filmový ústav, 2008. ISBN 978-80-85187-51-9.
MACEK, Václav, PAŠTÉKOVÁ, Jelena. Dejiny slovenskej kinematografie 1896-1969. Bratislava: Slovenský filmový ústav, 2016. ISBN 978-80-85739-68-8.
STADTRUCKER, Ivan. Dejiny slovenskej televízie. Náčrt vývojových tendencií kultúrotvornej inštitúcie (1956 - 1989). Bratislava: Perfekt, 2015. ISBN 978-80-8046-738-8.
ŠVEC, Štefan. Gramatika filmového jazyka. Bratislava: Vysoká škola múzických umení, 2011. ISBN 978-80-89437-24-9.
ŽILKA, Tibor. (Post)moderná literatúra a film. Nitra: Univerzita Konštantína Filozofa, 2006. ISBN 80-8050-965-4.
The course is completed by continuous evaluation. Required: active participation in the seminar (60% of the evaluation); test, seminar work or colloquium (40% of evaluation). In all parts of the evaluation, students have to achieve at least 60 percent success. The exact date and topics of the mid-term evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester.
Classification scale:
A: 100% - 94%
B: 93% - 86%
C: 85% - 78%
D: 77% - 70%
E: 69% - 60%
Fx: 59% - 0%
Absences: More than 2 absences: it is required to report the reason of absence (for example proof of sickness) to the study department FiFUK. Academic integrity violations will not be tolerated and will result in loosing the achieved points.
Slovak
1. Film and literature
2. Živý bič (film screening)
3. Comparison of "Živý bič" by M. Urban with the film adaptation
4. Nevesta hôľ (film screening)
5. Comparison of "Nevesta hôľ" by F. Švantner with the film adaptation
6. Kým kohút nezaspieva (film screening)
7. Comparison of "Kým kohút nezaspieva" by I. Bukovčan with the film adaptation
8. 322 (film screening)
9. Comparison of "Potápača priťahujú pramene mora" by J. Johanides with the film adaptation
10. S Rozárkou (film screening)
11. Comparison of "S Rozárkou" by V. Šikula with the film adaptation
12. Jožko Púčik a jeho kariéra (film screening)
100/0
Students will be able to determine the adaptation strategy of a film and identify the semiotic correlation between literary work and motion picture.
KOVÁČ, Dušan: Dejiny Slovenska. Praha: Lidové noviny 2010. ISBN 978-80-7422-053-1. PEKAROVIČOVÁ, Jana - VOJTECH, Miloslav (ed.): Slovacicum 2. Súčasné Slovensko. Bratislava: Stimul, 2006. ISBN 80-89236-10-3. Slovensko. Dejiny, divadlo, hudba, jazyk, literatúra, ľudová kultúra, výtvarné umenie, Slováci v zahraničí. Bratislava: Perfekt, 2008. ISBN 80-8046-349-2. ŽIGO, Pavol a kol.: Slovacicum. Kapitoly z dejín slovenskej kultúry. Bratislava: AEP, 2004. ISBN 80-88880-56-4.
Additional literature and sources will be assigned during the first class. Some reading material is available in MS Teams.
The course is completed by continuous evaluation, part of the evaluation is active participation of students in seminars, participation in discussions on topics covered, elaboration of seminar work and its presentation. In all parts of the evaluation, students have to achieve at least 60 percent success.
Students are allowed two absences without giving a reason, in case of further absences it is necessary to prove a written document about the reasons for non-participation.
Academic integrity violations will not be tolerated and will result in loosing the achieved points.
Classification scale: A: 100% - 93% B: 92% - 85% C: 84% - 77% D: 76% - 69% E: 68% - 60% FX: 59% - 0%
Slovak language
Cultural conditions in Slovakia at the beginning of the 20th century (differentiation of culture and art at the turn of the 20th century artistic directions and tendencies, situation in education and cultural policy before the First World War);
The First World War and the establishment of the Czechoslovak Republic (image of the war and the establishment of the new republic in literature and art);
Slovak culture in interwar Czechoslovakia (development of cultural, artistic and educational institutions after 1919, development of Slovak science;
Forms of art and culture between the two world wars;
Czech-Slovak relations in the interwar period and the issue of Czechoslovakism;
Slovakia in the years of the Second World War (forms of culture and art during the war of the Slovak Republic);
The image of the war and the Slovak National Uprising in literature and art of the 20th century;
Development of Slovak culture and art after the Second World War (renewal of artistic plurality in the years 1945 - 1948,);
Socialist Realism in Slovak art after 1948;
The rise of art and culture in the 60s of the 20th century, standardization interventions in culture and art after 1968;
Forms of Slovak culture and art in the 70s and 80s of the 20th century;
Slovak culture and art after 1989.
100 during semester
Students will acquire knowledge about the cultural history and cultural realities of Slovakia in the 20th century and in the first decades of the 21st century. They will become familiar with the specifics of the development of Slovak culture in this period in ts intercultural contexts and with the relationship of literature to other types of art and culture.
• CHOMA, Branislav. Cesta na slovanský juh 1 (Južní Slovania a Slováci). Bratislava: T.R.I. Médium, 1998. ISBN 80-88676-14-2.
• JANKOVIČ, Ján. Slovník prekladateľov s bibliografiou prekladov z macedónčiny, srbčiny, chorvátčiny a slovinčiny. Bratislava: VEDA - Juga, 2005. ISBN 80-89030-22-X.
• KULIHOVÁ, Alica. Preklad je (ne)bezpečné dobrodružstvo. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2019. ISBN 978-80-223-4776-1.
• KOVAČIČOVÁ, Oľga, KUSÁ, Mária (Eds.). Slovník slovenských prekladateľov umeleckej literatúry – 20. Storočie (A – K). Bratislava: Veda / Ústav svetovej literatúry SAV, 2015. ISBN 978-80-224-1428-9.
• KOVAČIČOVÁ, Oľga, KUSÁ, Mária (Eds.). Slovník slovenských prekladateľov umeleckej literatúry – 20. Storočie (L – Ž). Bratislava: Veda / Ústav svetovej literatúry SAV, 2017. ISBN 978-80-224-1617-7.
• TANESKI, Zvonko: Slavistički sintezi / Slavistické syntézy. Beograd - Bratislava: Filološki fakultet Univerziteta u Beogradu - Asociácia organizácií spisovateľov Slovenska, 2018. ISBN 978-80-88782-10-0.
Additional literature will be presented at the beginning of the semester.
a) continuously during the semester: paper on a selected topic from the history and reception of literature of the former Yugoslavia in Slovakia in the second half of the 20th century and in the first two decades of the 21st century (30 points)
b) In the examination period: written test (70 points). The students will be admitted to the test only if they achieve a minimum of 20 points from the continuous evaluation.
Grading scale (%): A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The exact date and topics of the continuous evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester. The dates for the final test will be announced through AIS no later than in the last week of the instruction period. The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences with documentation. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak language
1. Topics regarding the history of translation from Yugoslavian literature in Slovakia.
2. Determinants of Slovak translation.
3. Geopolitical and linguistic situation in Slovakia in relation to the South Slavic countries.
4. Overview of the most important and most productive Slovak translators from the literature of the former Yugoslavia.
5. Overview of the most frequented Yugoslav authors in the Slovak cultural environment.
6. Brief analysis of selected Slovak literary translations from Macedonian, Serbian, Croatian and Slovenian.
7. Interpretation of specific works by Yugoslav authors in Slovakia.
8. Poetry, drama and prose of Yugoslav authors and their reception in Slovakia.
9. Children's and young adult literature of Yugoslav authors and their reception in Slovakia.
10. Reviewing literary translations from Slovenian, Croatian, Serbian, and Macedonian literature in the Slovak cultural space.
11. The current situation of Slovak translation from South Slavic languages and literature.
12. Perspectives of literary translation of works of south Slavs in Slovakia in conditions of accelerated globalization.
30/70
After successfully completing the course, the student has knowledge of the history of literary translation of the literature of the former Yugoslavia from the second half of the 20th century to the present. They have knowledge about the creation of the book translations of Yugoslav authors and works into Slovak, they can identify their general reception in the Slovak cultural area. They know the most important translators who have contributed to the development of Slovak-Yugoslav interliterary relations. Finally, the students have basic knowledge of the interliterary context of the works of Yugoslav authors and of translations of important representatives of Slovak translation of the 20th century and the beginning of the 21st century.
BŽOCH, A.: Psychoanalýza na periférii. K dejinám psychoanalýzy na Slovensku. Bratislava: Kalligram, 2007. ISBN 978-80-7149-927-5.
MACURA, V. A JEDLIČKOVÁ, A. (eds.). Průvodce po světové literární teorii 20. století. Eds. V. Macura, A. Jedličková. Brno: Host, 2012. ISBN 978-80-7294-848-2.
MIKULÁŠ, R. a kol.: Podoby literárnej vedy. Teórie – metódy – smery. Bratislava: Veda, 2016. ISBN 978-80-224-1524-8. Viaceré heslá sú dostupné na: http://hyperlexikon.sav.sk/sk/index/.
MITOSEKOVÁ, Z.: Teorie literatury: historický přehled. Přeložila Marie Havránková. Brno: Host, 2010. ISBN 978-80-7294-332-6.
MATEJOV, F. – ZAJAC, P. (eds.): Od iniciatívy k tradícii. Štrukturalizmus v slovenskej literárnej vede od 30. rokov po súčasnosť. Brno: Host, 2005. ISBN 80-7294-149-6.
Final list of recommended literature will be presented at the beginning of the semester. Textbook with basis of the lectures will be available in MS Teams, the lectures will expand upon the textbook in a significant way.
This is a non-mandatory course evaluated during the semester. The course is evaluated on basis of written exam during the semester, which will test
a) knowledge of individual parts of subject matter presented on lectures (based on the textbook),
b) creative (commented) reading of selected paper/essay/book chapter – chosen from those with which the subject matter of lectures is concerned.
A specific part of each lecture is a discussion about a particular poem/prose, active participation in this is valuable.
Grading scale:
100 – 92: A
91 – 84: B
83 – 76: C
75 – 68: D
67 – 60: E
59 – 0: FX
The teacher accepts a maximum of two absences with a written proof of the cause of absence. The exam date will be announced at the beginning of the semester and can be later changed with respect to a student-teacher agreement.
Violation of academic ethics results in the cancellation of earned points in the relevant item.
Slovak
The course helps in developing of reading and writing competencies. It is aimed at an overview of selected approaches to literature in theory of literature, psychoanalysis, philosophy, and esthetics, in international and domestic culture contexts. The course is executed as a set of interactive lectures. Topics are:
1. Positivism and its detailed study of author’s biography.
2. Formalism and its benefits in more complex interpretation of literary works.
3. „Antirealism“ in essays related to avantgarde art.
4. Psychoanalysis and its insight into functions of libido in the process of creating text..
5. Psychoanalytical insights into existential writing longing to find the meaning of life.
6. Phenomenology and its study of forces of nature (mainly fire and water) in imagination.
7. Structuralism, its “story” in Russian, French, Czech and Slovak context.
8. Structuralist analysis of poetry and prose.
9. Semiology and its suggestions on distancing from lies and power of language.
10. Relationship between terms semiotics and semiology.
11. Postmodern philosophy and esthetics, its insight in approach to art and life.
12. Cognitive sciences in study of poetry and prose.
13. Aspect of gender in history of literature and in its interpretation.
During selected parts of the lectures, Slovak and world poetry and prose will be interpreted and interactively discussed. Visual artworks will also be presented, since one of the goals of the course is to show how science connects to the power of art.
100/0
After successful participation in the course the student has an overview in different approaches to literature of 20th and 21st century and he/she is able to put them into the context of evolutionary steps of art. The student is able to grasp and comment on a scientific metatext (from domains of theory of literature, psychoanalysis, philosophy, esthetics), specific in its approach to literature. The student is capable of selecting aspects of the text in a way enabling him/her to use those in their own interpretation of a literary text or in their own reflection on art. The student is aware of the specifics of exact scientific methods as well as of more open approaches to literature. He/she has basic knowledge about developing his/her own competencies of reading and writing with aspects from various discussed metatexts.
• ĎURIŠIN, Dionýz. Teória medziliterárneho procesu. Bratislava: Ústav svetovej literatúry SAV, 1995. ISBN 80-88815-01-0.
• ĎURIŠIN, Dionýz et al. Osobitné medziliterárne spoločenstvá 6 (Pojmy a princípy). Bratislava: Ústav svetovej literatúry SAV, 1993. ISBN 80-900453-8-3.
• KOPRDA, Pavol et al. Medziliterárny proces VII. (Teórie medziliterárnosti 20. storočia). Nitra: Univerzita Konštantína Filozofa, 2010. ISBN 978-80-8094-753-8. Available in the library of the Department of Slavic studies, G214.
• VAJDOVÁ, Libuša, GÁFRIK, Robert (Eds.). New Imagined Communities (Identity making in Eastern and South-Eastern Europe). Bratislava: Kalligram - Ústav svetovej literatúry SAV, 2010. ISBN 978-80-8101-401-7.
• TANESKI, Zvonko. Current Status and Contemporary Academic Perspectives of Comparative Literature in Slovakia. In. (Thematic Issue: Current State of Literary Theory, Research and Criticism in Non – “Centric” National Cultures & Miscellanea). 2020, roč. 25, č. 2 s. 310-318. ISSN 1406-0701. Available at: https://ojs.utlib.ee/index.php/IL/article/view/IL.2020.25.2.4/11834
• TANESKI, Zvonko. Poetika dislokácie (Komparatistické sondy k migráciám v južnoslovanských literatúrach po roku 1989. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2021. ISBN 978-80-223-5141-6.
Additional literature will be presented at the beginning and during the semester.
a) Continuous evaluation during the semester: paper on a selected topic on the issues of comparative literature (30 points)
b) In the examination period: written test (70 points). The students will be admitted to the test only if they achieve a minimum of 10 points from the continuous evaluation.
Grading scale: A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The exact date and topics of the continuous evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the semester. The dates for the final test will be announced through AIS no later than in the last week of the instruction period. The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences with documentation. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak language
1. History and the current state of the theory of comparative literature.
2. On the contribution of the most important personalities of comparative literature.
3. Theoretical apparatus of comparative literature.
4. Comparative literature and literary historiography.
5. The boundaries of national literature.
6. The phenomenon of world literature
7. Translation from the perspective of comparative literature
8. Reception of non-national literature in the domestic cultural environment.
9. Comparative literature and its current trends.
10. Lyrical, epic, and dramatic genres in comparative analysis.
11. Exile and forms of migration in comparative discourse.
12. Comparative analysis of selected literary texts.
30/70
After successfully completing the course, the students are familiar with the history and current state of comparative literature in Slovakia and abroad. They have knowledge about the contribution of the most important personalities of comparative literature, they can correctly interpret the theoretical apparatus of this scientific discipline. They know the boundaries of national literature, as well as the phenomenon of world literature. They have basic knowledge of the reception of non-national literature in the Slovak cultural space from the second half of the 20th century to the present. The course will also introduce students to specific methodological aspects of comparative literature and prepare them for comparative analysis of literary works.
MIŁOSZ, Czesław. Historia literatury polskiej. Kraków: Znak, 2010.
978-83-240-1449-1
MAKOWIECKI, Andrzej. Slownik postaci literackich. Warszawa: Świat ksiažki, 2004. ISBN
83-7391-402-1
Literary works that are not protected by censorship available at: www.wolnelektury.pl
Two papers per semester on a selected topic, each constituting 50% of the assessment. Students must achieve a minimum mark of 60% for both papers. Throughout the semester, students are allowed to have a maximum of two absences.
Classification scale:
A: 100 - 93 %
B: 92 - 84 %
C: 83 - 76 %
D: 75 - 68 %
E: 67 - 60 %
Fx: 59 - 0 %.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak, Polish
1. Middle Ages
2. Renaissance
3. Baroque
4. Enlightenment
5. Romanticism
6. Positivism
7. Young Poland
8. Cultural life in interwar Poland, the main ideological disputes of the period
9. Literature of the Second World War
10. Literature of the second half of the 20th century
11. Literature of the beginning of the 21st century
continuous 100/0
The aim of the seminar is to review and supplement the students’ knowledge about Polish literature from the Middle Ages to the present. Upon successful completion of this course, students will have gained a broader insight into the history of Polish literature and the ability to independently articulate an opinion on the literary-historical process. They can apply theoretical knowledge to their analysis of literary texts from different time periods.
KOVÁČ, Dušan: Dejiny Slovenska. Praha: Lidové noviny 2010. ISBN 978-80-7422-053-1.
Slovensko. Dejiny, divadlo, hudba, jazyk, literatúra, ľudová kultúra, výtvarné umenie, Slováci v zahraničí. Bratislava: Perfekt, 2008. ISBN 80-8046-349-2.
KÓNYA, Peter a kol.: Dejiny Uhorska. Bratislava : Citadella, 2014, ISBN 978-80-89628-59-9.
ŽIGO, Pavol a kol.: Slovacicum. Kapitoly z dejín slovenskej kultúry. Bratislava: AEP, 2004. ISBN 80-88880-56-4.
Zborníky Studia Academica Slovaca. Dostupné na: https://zborniky.e-slovak.sk/.
Additional literature and sources will be assigned during the first class. Some reading material is available in MS Teams.
The course is completed by continuous evaluation, part of the evaluation is active participation of students in seminars, participation in discussions on topics covered, elaboration of seminar work and its presentation. In all parts of the evaluation, students have to achieve at least 60 percent success.
Students are allowed two absences without giving a reason, in case of further absences it is necessary to prove a written document about the reasons for non-participation.
Academic integrity violations will not be tolerated and will result in loosing the achieved points.
Classification scale: A: 100% - 93% B: 92% - 85% C: 84% - 77% D: 76% - 69% E: 68% - 60% FX: 59% - 0%
Slovak language
Cultural conditions and art in the territory of today's Slovakia from prehistory to Great Moravia;
Culture and art of Great Moravia and its reception in Slovak literature and art of the 19th and 20th centuries;
Transformations of culture and art in medieval Hungary (Romanesque and Gothic art and architecture in the territory of today's Slovakia, development of culture and education);
Renaissance and Humanism (spread of humanistic ideas into Slovak literature and cultural life, Renaissance art and architecture, Slovakia in the 16th - 17th century as an intersection of denominations and cultures: Reformation and Counter-Reformation and their impact on the development of literature, art and education, contact with the Ottoman Empire, Czech-Slovak cultural and literary relations and the beginnings of the formation of the Czech-Slovak inter-literary and cultural community, the Hungarian literary community, the German community in today's Slovakia, etc.).
Slovakia in the 18th century (Baroque art and architecture, the reforms of Maria Theresa and Joseph II and their impact on the processes of modernization of the country and on Slovak literature and culture);
Slovak National Revival (the process of forming a modern Slovak nation in the context of national movements in Europe, typological features of revival culture, codification efforts as an expression of efforts to integrate the Slovak national community);
Artistic trends and tendencies in culture of the 19th century and their manifestations in the territory of today's Slovakia (Classicism, Empire, Biedermeier and Historicism in art and architecture, Art Nouveau);
Differentiation of Slovak culture in the second half of the 19th century, beginnings of the formation of national institutions (Matica Slovenská), development of education; Czech-Slovak cooperation at the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries.
100 during semester
Students will acquire knowledge about the cultural history and cultural realities of Slovakia from the earliest times to the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries. They will become familiar with the specifics of the development of Slovak culture in this period in its intercultural contexts and with the relationship of literature to other types of art and culture.
BARTMIŃSKI, Jerzy. Słownik stereotypów i symboli ludowych. Tom I. Kosmos. Lublin: Wydawnictwo UMCS, 1999. ISBN 978-83-7784-158-7.
BARTMIŃSKI, Jerzy. Słownik stereotypów i symboli ludowych. Tom II. Rośliny. Lublin: Wydawnictwo UMCS, 2019. ISBN 978-83-227-9281-0.
BIEDERMANN, Hans. Lexikón symbolov. Bratislava: Obzor, 1992. ISBN 80-215-0217-7.
DOLNÍK, Juraj. Všeobecná jazykoveda. (Opis a vysvetľovanie jazyka). Bratislava: Veda, 2009. ISBN Also available at: https://www.juls.savba.sk/attachments/pub_vseobecna_jazykoveda/vseobecna_jazykoveda.pdf
VAŇKOVÁ, Irena et al. Co na srdci, to na jazyku. Kapitoly z kognitivní lingvistiky. Praha: Univerzita Karlova v Praze, 2005. ISBN 80-246-0919-3.
ŽEŇUCHOVÁ, Katarína (ed.). Etnolingvistický výskum na Slovensku. Súčasný stav a perspektívy. Bratislava: Slavistický ústav Jána Stanislava SAV, 2020. Also available at: http://www.slavu.sav.sk/publikacie/Etnolingvisticky_vyskum_web.pdf
Explanatory, translation, synonyms, phraseology dictionaries, dictionaries of symbols, encyklopedias et al.
Additional scientific literature will be presented at the beginning of the semester according to the topics of the seminar papers.
During the semester, active work on seminars, one paper focusing on the meaning and use of symbols and one paper focusing on the Slovak and foreign language conceptual scheme is required; both papers in the range of 15 minutes will be associated with a public presentation at the lesson. In the examination period, a final test and an oral exam are required.
The students may have a maximum of one absence during the semester without documents and must achieve a minimum of 60% success rate in all parts of the evaluation. They may be admitted to the final test and oral exam only if they meet all the required conditions of the continuous evaluation. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Grading scale (in %):
A: 100 - 93 %
B: 92 - 84 %
C: 83 - 76 %
D: 75 - 68 %
E: 67 - 60 %
Fx: 59 - 0 %
The dates for the oral presentations will be determined at the beginning of the semester. The date for the final test will be announced no later than in the last week of the instruction period.
Slovak and another Slavic language according to the specialization of the student.
The course is taught once every two years and the students must complete it in the second or third year of their study, depending on the year in which it is offered.
1. The universal and the relative in language, prototypes/stereotypes, transdisciplinary approach.
2. Symbol – symbolism – semiotics – ethnosemiotics; metaphor – metaphorics.
3. Edward Sapir, Benjamin Lee Whorf, Franz Boas, Wilhelm von Humboldt.
4. Anthropocentric model of world conceptualization (G. Lakoff, M. Johnson et al.).
5. The ethnolinguistic school of Lublin (J. Bartmiński, R. Tokarski, A. Pajdzińska et al.).
6. The ethnolinguistic school of Moscow (N. I. Tolstoy, S.M. Tolstaya et al.).
7. Reflection of the pre-Christian model of the world in Slavic languages.
8. Reflection of the Christian model of the world in Slavic languages.
9. Flora and fauna in the linguistic interpretation of the world in Slavic languages.
10. Perception of colors in the linguistic interpretation of the world in Slavic languages.
11. Language image of the house and home in Slavic languages.
12. Feelings and sentiments in the linguistic interpretation of the world in Slavic languages.
13. Somatisms as a source of conceptual metaphors and phrases.
14. Revision. Final test.
50% continuously, 50% in the examination period
After completing the course, the students know the basic theoretical and methodological background, categories and concepts of cognitive linguistics and they can apply them in their own interpretation of selected conceptual schemes, metaphors, and idioms in Slovak and Slavic languages (in particular in Czech, Bulgarian, Croatian, Polish, Slovenian, Serbian and Russian). They master the history of thinking about the linguistic image of the world with a special emphasis on the concepts, representatives and basic works of the Lublin and Moscow ethnolinguistic schools.
HVIŠČ, Jozef, ed. Slovensko - Poľsko. Bilaterálne vzťahy v procese transformácie. Bratislava: Lufema, 2008. ISBN 978-80-89058-26-6.
VAŠÁRYOVÁ, Magda. Polnočný sused. Bratislava: Kalligram, 2008. ISBN 978-80-8101-064-4.
CHWALBA, Andrzej. Polsko 1989-2008. Dějiny současnosti. Brno: Centrum pro studium demokracie a kultury, 2009. ISBN 978-80-7325-185-7.
DAVIES, Norman. Polsko, dějiny národa ve středu Evropy. Praha, Prostor, 2003. ISBN 80-7260-083-4
KUBÁT, Michal. Demokracie v Polsku – Politický systém Polské republiky (1989–2005). Praha: Sociologické nakladatelství, 2005. ISBN 80-86429-46-6
One presentation and one paper during the semester (30% grade each), final test in the last week of semester (40% grade). Students may have a maximum of two absences during the semester.
Grading Scale:
A: 100 - 93 %
B: 92 - 84 %
C: 83 - 76 %
D: 75 - 68 %
E: 67 - 60 %
Fx: 59 - 0 %
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak language
1. Geography and demography of Poland: natural conditions, population structure, administrative and regional divisions, economy.
2. History of Poland: significant events and milestones.
3. Political system of the Republic of Poland. Personalities of Polish political history.
4. National and ethnic minorities in Poland. Polish emigration in the world.
5. Ethnographic attractions of Poland: folklore, customs, national cuisine, folk art.
6. The most important personalities of Polish science, culture and art. Nobel Prize winners.
7. Historical and cultural monuments. UNESCO World Heritage Sites.
8. Polish-Slovak relations.
100/0
Upon successful completion of the course, students have a basic knowledge of Poland as a country and a state (geography, ethnography, demography, political system). Students will be able to identify the most significant events in Polish history, personalities and works of Polish science, culture and art. They know the sights of the country and have an overview of current events in Poland and Polish-Slovak relations.
HVIŠČ, Jozef. Poľská literatúra. Vývin a texty. Bratislava, Univerzita Komenského, 2001. ISBN 80-223-1537-0
MIŁOSZ, Czesław. Historia literatury polskiej. Kraków, Znak 2010. ISBN 978-83-240-1449-1
WILKOŃ, Aleksander et al. Dejiny poľskej literatúry. Bratislava, Tatran, 1987.
No copyright works are available at: www.wolnelektury.pl
ADAMCZYK, Maria, CHRZĄSTOWSKA, Bożena – POKRZYWIAK, Józef Tomasz. Starożytność – oświecenie. Warszawa, Wydawnictwo Szkolne i Pedagogiczne, 1998. ISBN 83-02-04889-5. Available at the department's library.
MAKOWSKI, Stanisław. Romantyzm. Warszawa, Wydawnictwo Szkolne i Pedagogiczne, 1996. ISBN 83-02-05733-9. Available at the department's library.
During the semester, the students write one paper and one text analysis on a selected topic, the evaluation of which accounts for 20% of the final assessment. During the examination period, the students will take an oral exam, which constitutes 60% of the final assessment. The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences.
Grading scale:
A: 100 - 93%
B: 92 - 84%
C: 83 - 76%
D: 75 - 68%
E: 67 - 60%
Fx: 59 - 0%
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak, Polish
1. Anonim, tzv. Gall: Kronika polska, Bogurodzica, Legenda o św. Aleksym, Wiersz Słoty o zachowaniu się przy stole, Rozmowa Mistrza Polikarpa ze Śmiercią, Posłuchajcie, bracia miła
2. The work of Mikołaj Rej and Jan Kochanowski.
3. Aristocratic and rural movements of the Polish Baroque (works by J. A. Morsztyn, D. Naborowski, W. Potocki, J. Ch. Paseka).
4. General characteristics of the Enlightenment.
5. Works of I. Krasicki, A. Naruszewicz, F. Karpiński.
6. Romantic perception of the individual and the nation, philosophical foundations of Romanticism; Romantic Messianism.
7. The life and work of Adam Mickiewicz (Ballady i romanse, Dziady, Sonety krymskie, Konrad Wallenrod, Pan Tadeusz).
10. The life and work of Juliusz Słowacki (Kordian; poems).
11. The work of Zygmunt Krasiński.
12. The end of romanticism, the work of Cyprian Kamil Norwid.
40/60
After successful completion of the course, the students have knowledge of the individual literary periods (from the Middle Ages to Romanticism) in Poland. They know the names of the authors, literary works, and their literary and sociocultural context. They are able to connect theoretical knowledge with a specific literary text. They can present ideas, visions of the world and values that constituted individual periods.
HVIŠČ, Jozef. Poľská literatúra. Vývin a texty. Bratislava, Univerzita Komenského, 2001. ISBN 80-223-1537-0
MIŁOSZ, Czesław. Historia literatury polskiej. Kraków, Znak 2010. ISBN 978-83-240-1449-1
WILKOŃ, Aleksander et al. Dejiny poľskej literatúry. Bratislava, Tatran, 1987.
No copyright work are available at: www.wolnelektury.pl
BUJNICKI, Tadeusz. Pozytywizm. Warszawa, Wydawnictwo Szkolne i Pedagogiczne, 1997. ISBN 83-02-05416-X. Available at the department's library.
WROCZYŃSKI, Tomasz. Literatura polska dwudziestolecia wojennego. Warszawa, Wydawnictwo Szkolne i Pedagogiczne, 1997. ISBN 83-02-05473-9. Available at the department's library.
During the semester, the student writes one seminar paper and one text analysis on a selected topic, the evaluation of which accounts for 20% of the final assessment. During the examination period, the students will take an oral exam, which constitutes 60% of the final assessment. The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences.
Grading scale:
A: 100 - 93%
B: 92 - 84%
C: 83 - 76%
D: 75 - 68%
E: 67 - 60%
Fx: 59 - 0%
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak, Polish
1. Positivism: philosophical and aesthetic background, program, journalism, realism, and naturalism.
2. Positivist novel (H. Sienkiewicz, B. Prus, E. Orzeszkowa, M. Konopnicka).
3. Positivist novel (Trylogia, Nad Niemnem, Lalka).
4. Poetry of "unpoetic times" (A. Asnyk, M. Konopnicka).
5. Young Poland: sociopolitical and philosophical aesthetic background, manifestos and literary programmes, neo-romanticism, fin de siecle
6. The work of Kazimierz Przerwa-Tetmajer, Jan Kasprowicz
7. The work of Stefan Żeromski, Władysław Reymont
8. Symbolism in drama (S. Wyspiański) and naturalism in drama (G. Zapolska).
9. Poetry of the interwar period (Tuwim, Staff, Leśmian).
10. Prose of the interwar period (Schulz, Gombrowicz, Dąbrowska, Kuncewiczowa, Nałkowska).
11. Drama by Stanisław Witkiewicz.
12. Works by the Generation of Columbuses.
13. Labor camp literature, holocaust in Polish Literature.
40/60
After successful completion of the course, the student has knowledge of the individual literary periods (from Realism to the middle of the 20th century) in Poland. They know the names of the authors, literary works, and their literary and sociocultural context. They are able to connect theoretical knowledge with a specific literary text. They can present ideas, visions of the world and values that constituted individual movements.
RYCHLÍK, Jan a kol. Dějiny Slovinska. Praha: Lidové noviny, 2011. ISBN 978-80-74222-131-6.
BARRON, Yuri a kol. The Slovenia Book (Top 100 destinations). Ljubljana: IQbator, 2017. ISBN 978-961-94046-2-1.
NIDORFER ŠIŠKOVIČ, Mojca (ed.). Svetovni dnevi slovenske kulture. Ljubljana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi in tuji jezik pri Oddelku za slovenistiko Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2016.
Culture.si [online]. Available at: https://www.culture.si/en/Culture_of_Slovenia
Slovenia.info [online]. Available at: https://www.slovenia.info/en
The seminar is evaluated by a mid-term evaluation. Students' active participation in the seminar is evaluated; in the middle of the teaching part of the semester (in week 7), students submit a seminar paper related to the topic of the course (topics will be provided to students at the beginning of the semester). In the second half of the semester, presentations of individual seminar papers will be made and followed by discussion. Student will receive 40 points for the seminar paper and its presentation. In the final week of the semester, students will write a final test (60 points). The final grade is the sum of the points earned for the seminar paper (including its presentation) and the test.
Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
A maximum of two absences are allowed. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak language
1. Geography of Slovenia (natural conditions, administrative divisions, regions, economy, population structure).
2. Overview of Slovenian history.
3. Slovenian folklore (types of Slovenian costume, Slovenian folk dance, folk customs).
4. National cuisine (traditional Slovenian dishes and their place in contemporary Slovenian gastronomy).
5. Folk architecture (typology of Slovenian villages, rural architecture and its peculiarities).
6. Slovenian economy.
7. Overview of the development of Slovenian language and literature.
8. Fine arts and architecture.
9. Slovenian theatre and film.
10. Important personalities of Slovenian science, culture and art.
11. Slovenian-Slovenian relations.
12. Final test.
100/0
After completing the course, students have knowledge of Slovenian realities (geography, history, ethnography, information about important personalities of Slovenian science, culture and art, about the country's sights and current socio-political events). They are also acquainted with Slovak-Slovenian relations.
KOS, Janko. Pregled slovenskega slovstva. Ljubljana DZS, 1996. ISBN 86-341-0692-6.
RYCHLÍK, Jan a kol. Dějiny Slovinska. Praha: Lidové noviny, 2011. ISBN 978-80-74222-131-6.
AMBROŽ, Darinka a kol. Branja 1. Berilo in učbenik za 1. letnik gimnazij ter srednjih strokovnih šol. Ljubljana: DZS, 2004. ISBN 86-341-2488-6.
Rojstni list slovenske kulture: Brižinski spomeniki, Celovški (Rateški) rokopis, Stiški rokopis, Čedadski (Černjejski) rokopis: razstavni katalog. Ljubljana: Narodna in univerzitetna knjižnica, 2004. ISBN 961-6285-29-7.
Wikivir [online]. Available at: https://sl.wikisource.org/wiki/Kategorija:Avtorji
a) continuous evaluation: active participation of students in seminars, continuous reading of literary texts and their interpretation is evaluated;
b) final evaluation: oral exam in the examination period (the topics for the exam will be provided to students at the beginning of the semester).
Grading scale (in %):
100 % - 93 %: A
92 % - 84 %: B
83 % - 76 %: C
75 % - 68 %: D
67 % - 60 %: E
59 % - 0 %: Fx
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak, receptive knowledge of Slovenian
1. Periodization of the history of Slovenian literature.
2. Proto-Slovenian period (550 – 750), basic characteristics of the development of oral tradition.
3. Middle Ages (750-1550), period of early, high and late Middle Ages, religious conditionality and markedness of literary activity; the concept of writings (Freising manuscripts, manuscript from the monastery Stična).
4. Medieval oral tradition (classification of oral tradition, importance of collecting folklore material in the 19th century, selected epic and lyrical folk songs, legends, fairy tales).
5. Humanism and Reformation (1550 – 1615), echoes of humanism in Slovenia; Protestantism in Slovenia and its linguistic and literary manifestations (P. Trubar, S. Krelj, J. Dalmatin, A. Bohorič).
6. Counter-Reformation and literary program of T. Hren.
7. Baroque (1672 – 1768), cultural flourishing in the territory of today's Slovenia (theater, opera, fine arts, and architecture), Slovenian baroque sermon (J. Svetokriški, O. Rogerij, J. Basar), Jesuit and Capuchin order in the Baroque period and their literary and cultural activities.
8. The first play in Slovenian (Škofjeloški pasijon).
9. Enlightenment in Slovenian Literature (M. Pohlin, J. D. Dev, J. Japelj, Ž. Zois, A. T. Linhart, V. Vodnik, an almanac Pisanice, Žiga Zois Circle).
10. Literary work of V. Vodnik.
11. Literary work by A. T. Linhart.
12. Pre-Romanticism (U. Jarnik, "bukovniki", J. Kopitar and his influence on the development of Slovenian language and literature).
40% continuously, 60% in the examination period
After completing the course, the students have knowledge of the specific features of Slovenian oral tradition, writings, and literature from the oldest times to Romanticism. They are familiar with the models of literary communication in the older periods of Slovenian literary development and with the scope and specifics of its repertoire as well as with the genre structure. They are well versed in the history of Slovenian literature of the period, they know the important personalities and literary texts.
KOS, Janko. Pregled slovenskega slovstva. Ljubljana DZS, 1996. ISBN 86-341-0692-6.
RYCHLÍK, Jan a kol. Dějiny Slovinska. Praha: Lidové noviny, 2011. ISBN 978-80-74222-131-6.
CUDERMAN, Vinko a kol. Branja 2. Berilo in učbenik za 2. letnik gimnazij ter srednjih strokovnih šol. Ljubljana: DZS, 2006. ISBN 86-341-2489-4.
PREŠEREN, France. Struny lásky. Bratislava: Slovenské vydavateľstvo krásnej literatúry, 1961.
PREŠEREN, France. Básne. Kranj: Magistrát mesta, 2002. ISBN 961-90878-5-2.
ANTOLOGIJA LITERATURE IVANA CANKARJA S PREVODI V TUJE JEZIKE. Projekt Svetovni dnevi Ivana Cankarja. Ljubljana: Znanstvena založba Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2018. ISBN 978-961-06-0127-2.
Wikivir [online]. Available at: https://sl.wikisource.org/wiki/Kategorija:Avtorji
a) continuous evaluation: active participation of students in seminars, continuous reading of literary texts and their interpretation is evaluated;
b) final evaluation: oral exam in the examination period (the topics for the exam will be provided to students at the beginning of the semester).
Grading scale (in %): A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak, receptive knowledge of Slovenian
1. Romanticism in Slovenian Literature (1830 – 1848), M. Čop, J. Kopitar, P. Dajnko, F. Metelko.
2. France Prešeren (characteristics of creative periods, almanac Krajnska čbelica, reading and interpretation of selected poetry, F. Prešeren in Slovak translations).
3. Other contemporaries of F. Prešern (S. Vraz, J. Cigler, J. V. Koseski, A. M. Slomšek, J. Bleiweis, J. Turnograjska).
4. The period between Romanticism and Realism (1848-1899).
5. Literary and aesthetic backgrounds and programs of realism (F. Levstik, J. Stritar, F. Celestin) and their implementation in poetry and prose.
6. The beginnings of a Slovenian novel (J. Jurčič).
7. The most important representatives of the period (J. Trdina, F. Levstik, S. Jenko, F. Erjavec, J. Mencinger, J. Stritar).
8. Literary work of S. Gregorčič, J. Kersnik, A. Aškerc, I. Tavčar.
9. Slovenian Modernism (1899 – 1918).
10. Authors of Slovenian Modernism (D. Kette, J. A. Murn, O. Župančič).
11. Ivan Cankar (reading and interpretation of selected literary texts, I. Cankar in Slovak translations).
12. Contemporaries of Slovenian modernists (Z. Kvedrova, Iz. Cankar).
40% continuously, 60% in the examination period
After completing the course, the students have knowledge about the basic principles of the development of Slovenian literature from the beginning of the 1830s to the end of the Modernism at the turn of the 20th century. They are able to identify the typological features of Slovenian Romanticism, Slovenian Realism and Slovenian Modernism and know important personalities of Slovenian literature of these periods and their literary texts.
LIPIŃSKI, Krzysztof. Vademecum tłumacza. Kraków: Idea, 2006. ISBN 83-88181-50-5
TOKARZ, Bożena. Spotkania. Czasoprzestrzeń przekładu artystycznego [online]. Katowice: Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Śląskiego, 2010. ISBN 978-83-226-1935-3. Available at: https://www.sbc.org.pl/dlibra/publication/26001/edition/23007
MAJDZIK, Katarzyna. Przekład czyli na styku dwóch podmiotowości. [online]. Katowice: Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Śląskiego, 2015. Available at: https://www.sbc.org.pl/dlibra/publication/409630/edition/384778
SUWARA, Bogumiła. O preklade bez prekladu. Bratislava: Veda, 2003. 80-224-0752-6
During the semester, students independently prepare translations of preassigned texts, 11 in total, and submit one analysis of a selected published translation during the semester. For each translation and analysis of the translation, students may earn 7 points. They may earn a total of 16 points for in-class activity (discussing possible translation solutions, justifying a translation strategy, etc.).
Grading scale in %: A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
Students may have a maximum of two absences during the semester. All work is required to be turned in even in the event of an absence. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and Polish language
1. Artistic text and its specific features
2. Basic issues of artistic translation
3. Interpretation of a translation
4. Translation of prose
5. Translation of poetry
6. Translation of dramatic texts
7. Audiovisual translation
8. Translation criticism
100/0
After successful completion of the course, students are introduced to contemporary theories of artistic translation. They are able to analyse the translation of an artistic text and interpret the translation strategies used. Students are able to independently translate an artistic text and defend their translation solutions and strategies.
During the semester, students independently prepare translations of preassigned texts, 12 in total. For each translation, students may earn 7 points. They may earn a total of 16 points for in-class activity (discussing possible translation solutions, justifying a translation strategy, etc.).
Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 %
B: 92 - 84 %
C: 83 - 76 %
D: 75 - 68 %
E: 67 - 60 %
Fx: 59 - 0 %
Students may have a maximum of two absences during the semester. All work is required to be turned in even in the event of an absence. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and Polish language
1. Idioms, collocations, neologisms.
2. Equivalence levels.
3. Untranslatability and cultural elements in translation.
4. Translation exercises on health, lifestyle texts.
5. Translation exercises on media, communication texts.
6. Translation exercises on texts in the field of advertising.
7. Translation exercises on texts in the field of politics.
8. Translation exercises on cultural texts.
9. Translation exercises on texts in the field of tourism.
10. Translation exercises on texts in the field of sport.
11. Translation exercises on texts in the field of science.
12. Exercises for understanding the original text, choosing the right translation strategy.
100/0
Students have skills in translating various types of texts (advertising, journalistic, professional, legal) from Polish into Slovak. They master the basic theoretical knowledge of translation in general and after successful completion of the course they are able to apply it in their own practice. They are able to analyse the source text and justify their translation solutions. They are able to work with various translation aids such as translation dictionaries, explanatory dictionaries, language corpora, encyclopaedias, etc.
SESAR, Dubravka. Putovima slavenskih književnih jezika. Zagreb: Zavod za lingvistiku, 1996, ISBN 953-175-050-5. ONDRUŠ, Šimon: Úvod do slavistiky. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo, 1956. ISBN -. HORÁLEK, Karel: Úvod do studia slovanských jazyků. Praha: Nakladatelství Československé akademie věd, 1962, ISBN -. VEČERKA, Radoslav. Základy slavistiky a rusistiky. Brno: Univerzita J.E.Purkyně , 1987, ISBN -. KRAJČOVIČ, Rudolf. Slovenčina a slovanské jazyky 1: Praslovanská genéza slovenčiny. Bratislava: SPN, 1974, ISBN -. KRAJČOVIČ, Rudolf. Slovenčina a slovanské jazyky 2: Fonologický vývin. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2003, ISBN 80-223-1739-X.
There will be one written test (25 points) and one seminar paper (25 points) during the semester. There will be a written examination (50 points) during the examination period. Students may have a maximum of two absences during the semester and must achieve a minimum of 60% pass rate in all components of the assessment. The exact date and topics of the continuous assessment will be announced at the beginning of the semester. Examination dates will be published via AIS no later than the last week of the instruction period. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Grading scale in percentages:
100 % - 93 %: A
92 % - 84 %: B
83 % - 76 %: C
75 % - 68 %: D
67 % - 60 %: E
59 % - 0 %: Fx
Slovak
1. Language and linguistics. 2. Slavic studies as a discipline. 3. Eminent Slavists. 4. Historical-comparative method in linguistics. 5. Indo-European Proto-European language. The original homeland of Indo-Europeans and Slavs. Indo-European and Nostratic origin of Slavic languages. 6. The Baltoslavic problem. 7. Periodization of the development of Proto-Slavic. 8. Vowel system of Indo-European in comparison with Proto-Slavic. 9. Phonetic and phonological system of Proto-Slavic. 10. Classification of Slavic languages. Dichotomous and trichotomous divisions. 11. Characteristics of the West Slavic languages. 12. Characteristics of the East Slavic languages. 13. Characteristics of the South Slavic languages.
50/50
After completing the course, students have basic knowledge about the origin and nature of the common language of the Slavs and its relationship to other Indo-European languages, about the basic developmental tendencies of individual Slavic languages. They are able to give not only the basic characteristics of each Slavic language, the common and distinctive features of the individual Slavic languages, but also to distinguish the individual Slavic languages in practice and to read texts written in Latin and Cyrillic/Azbucan. They are able to apply the acquired knowledge in further studies.
DOROTJAKOVÁ, Viktória et al. Rusko-slovenský frazeologický slovník. Bratislava: SPN, 1998. ISBN 80-08-00304-9.
FINK ARSOVSKI, Željka et al. Hrvatsko-slavenski rječnik poredbenih frazema. Zagreb: Knjigra, 2006. ISBN 953-7421-00-7.
KEBER, Janez. Slovar slovenskih frazemov. Ljubljana: Založba ZRC, 2011. ISBN 978-961-254-329-7.
KOŠKOVÁ, Mária. Z bulharsko-slovenskej frazeológie. Bratislava: Slavistický kabinet SAV, Kultúrny zväz Bulharov a ich priateľov na Slovensku, 1998. ISBN 80-968162-1-7.
MENAC, Antica et al. Hrvatska frazeologija. Zagreb, Knjigra, 2007. ISBN 978-953-7421-01-4.
MLACEK, Jozef, ĎURČO, Peter, et al. Frazeologická terminológia. [online]. Bratislava, 1995. Available at: https://www.juls.savba.sk/ediela/frazeologicka_terminologia/
MLACEK, Jozef. Tvary a tváre frazém v slovenčine. Bratislava. Stimul, 2007. ISBN 978-80-89236-21-3.
NIČEVA, Keti et al. Frazeologičen rečnik na bălgarskija ezik. Tom I. A – N. Sofija: Izdatelstvo na BAN, 1974.
NIČEVA, Keti et al. Frazeologičen rečnik na bălgarskija ezik. Tom II. M – Ja. Sofija: Izdatelstvo na BAN, 1975.
OTAŠEVIĆ, Đorđe. Mali srpski frazeološki rečnik. Beograd: Alma, 2007. ISBN 978-86-84023-91-1.
SKORUPKA, Stanisław. Słownik frazeologiczny języka polskiego. I., II. Warszawa: Wiedza Powszechna, 1977.
ZÁTURECKÝ, Adolf Peter. Slovenské príslovia, porekadlá, úslovia a hádanky. Bratislava: Slovenský Tatran, 2005. ISBN 80-222-0527-3.
Additional scientific literature will be presented during the semester depending on topics and aim of the seminar papers.
During the semester, active work on seminars and one paper focused on the comparative interpretation of a selected Slovak-Slavic topic in the field of phraseology, possibly paremiology, is evaluated. The seminar paper will be associated with a public presentation in the range of 15 minutes at the lesson.
In the examination period, a final test is required.
The student may have a maximum of one absence during the semester without documents and must achieve a minimum of 60% success rate in all parts of the evaluation.
The students can complete the course only if they meet all the requirements of the continuous evaluation. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Grading scale (in %):
A: 100 - 93 %
B: 92 - 84 %
C: 83 - 76 %
D: 75 - 68 %
E: 67 - 60 %
Fx: 59 - 0 %
The dates for oral presentations will be determined at the beginning of the semester. The date for the final test will be announced no later than in the last week of the instruction period.
Slovak and another Slavic language depending on the aim of study.
The course is taught once every two years and the students must complete it in the first or second year of their study, depending on the year in which it is offered.
1. Principles of the origin and use of phraseology.
2. The boundaries of phraseology. Basic properties of phrasemes.
3. Russian school of phraseology – history and present.
4. V. M. Mokienko – the theory of phraseological antinomy.
5. Slovak and Czech school of phraseology.
6. Croatian and Polish school of phraseology.
7. Slovenian and Serbian school of phraseology.
8. Structural, grammatical, and semantic classification of phrasemes.
9. Phraseological internationalisms, biblical expressions, calques, partial calques, et al.
10. Paremiology. Basic types of paremiological units – proverb, adage, weather lore.
11. Working with phraseological dictionaries and paremiological collections.
12. Phraseology and translation – the equivalence and untranslatability of phrasemes.
50% continuously, 50% in the examination period
Students have knowledge of the theoretical and methodological background of individual Slavic phraseological schools and their main representatives. They know basic phraseographic works and can work with them. They are familiar with individual structural types of phrasemes in Slovak and Slavic languages (according to the study specialization), especially in Czech, Bulgarian, Croatian, Polish, Slovenian, Serbian and Russian). They are able to conduct a discussion on the origin and motivation of the formation of selected phrasemes and on the possibilities of their interpretation in terms of phraseological equivalence.
TELICKI, Marcin, WÓJCIAK, Monika, eds. Więcej życia niż słów szkice o literaturze. Poznań: Wydawnictwo Poznańskiego Towarzystwa Przyjaciół Nauk, 2011. ISBN 978-83-7654-169-3.
GOSK, Hanna. Nowe dwudziestolecie (1989-2009) rozpoznania, hierarchie, perspektywy. Kraków: Znak, 2010. ISBN 978-83-7151-873-7.
PECHAL, Zdeněk et al. Současná ruská, polská a ukrajinská literatura. Olomouc: Univerzita Palackého, 2013. ISBN 978-80-244-3924-2.
PÁSZT Patrícia. Súčasná poľská dráma. Bratislava: Kalligram, 2013. ISBN 978-80-8101-731-5
TOMKOWSKI, Jan. Dzieje literatury polskiej. Wroclaw: Wydawnictwo Dolnoślaskie, 2007. ISBN 978-83-245-8520-5
During the semester two papers on a selected topic are required, each for 20 points. In the examination period there will be an oral exam for 60 points.
Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 %
B: 92 - 84 %
C: 83 - 76 %
D: 75 - 68 %
E: 67 - 60 %
Fx: 59 - 0 %
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak, Polish at the min. level B2
Political milestones and periodization of Polish literature after 1945, phases 1939-1945; 1945-1949; 1949-1956; 1956-1976; 1976-1981; 1981-1989.
2. "Literatura krajowa" (official and so-called drugi obieg) and exile literature.
3. Socialist realism in literature and art.
4. Poetic groups: Generacja ’56, Nowa Fala, Generacja ‘76
5. Tradition and transformations of prose (L. Buczkowski, M. Białoszewski, J. Iwaszkiewicz, M. Hłasko, W. Gombrowicz, T. Konwicki, S. Lem, W. Odojewski).
6. Drama and theater in 1956 – 1989.
7. Reportage and feuilleton tradition in Poland (R. Kapuściński, H. Krall, M. Szczygieł, M. Ziemba).
8. The works of Nobel Prize winners.
9. Change of literary paradigm after 1989, topics and discussions of critics.
10. Postmodernism and Polish literature.
11. Young prose (W. Kuczok, S. Shuty, M. Witkowski, K. Varga, D. Masłowska).
12. Women's literature (O. Tokarczuk, M. Nurowska, M. Gretkowska, M. Tulli).
40/60
After successful completion of the course, the students have knowledge about the historical background and revival of Polish literature in the second half of the 20th century and the beginning of the 21st century. They are familiar with the movements and literary and cultural phenomena of this period; they understand the nature of transformations in contemporary literature. They can identify the most important authors and their works.
NIEWIADOWSKI, Andrzej. Polska fantastyka naukowa. Bratislava: Stimul, 2011. ISBN 978-80-8127-054-3
MAKOWIECKI, Andrzej. Slownik postaci literackich. Literatura polska. Warszawa: Świat ksiažki, 2004. ISBN 83-7391-402-1.
PECHAL, Zdeněk et al. Současná ruská, polská a ukrajinská literatura. Olomouc: Univerzita Palackého, 2013. ISBN 978-80-244-3924-2.
PÁSZT Patrícia. Súčasná poľská dráma. Bratislava: Kalligram, 2013. ISBN 978-80-8101-731-5
CZAPLIŃSKI, Przemysław. Ruchome marginesy szkice o literaturze lat 90. Kraków: Znak, 2002. ISBN 83-240-0145-X
During the semester two written interpretations of a literary text on a selected topic are required, each for 25 points. In the examination period there will be an oral exam for 50 points.
Grading scale:
A: 100 - 93
B: 92 - 84
C: 83 - 76
D: 75 - 68
E: 67 - 60
Fx: 59 - 0
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak, and Polish at the level B2
1. Popular literature (A. Stasiuk, P. Lejeune, W. Nowicki, R. Barthes).
2. Świat przedstawiony (R. Ingarden).
3. Literature and reality (mimesis; the concept of silva rerum by R. Nycz).
4. Polish song in the second half of the 20th century (A. Osiecka, J. Kofta, J. Przybora).
5. Contemporary Polish drama.
6. Non-fiction literature (A. Domosławski, A. Franaszek, J. Olczak-Ronikier).
7. Pluralism of tendencies in literature after 1989.
8. Fantasy literature (S. Lem, A. Sapkowski).
9. Literature of minorities (M. Witkowski, I. Filipiak)
10. Translations of Polish literature into Slovak.
50/50
After successful completion of the course, the students have knowledge about the nature and changes of the texts of the contemporary culture. They are able to form their own opinion on the literary-historical process. The students are able to associate relevant scientific studies of literature with literary works.
AMBROŽ, Darinka a kol. Branja 4. Berilo in učbenik za 4. letnik gimnazij ter srednjih strokovnih šol. Ljubljana: DZS, 2006. ISBN 86-341-3647-7.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav (eds.). Čítame súčasnú slovinskú literatúru. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3711-3.
ZUPAN SOSIČ, Alojzija a NIDORFER ŠIŠKOVIČ, Mojca (eds.). Svetovni dnevi slovenske literature. Almanah - Svetovni dnevi slovenske literature (20. do 25. 11. 2006). Ljubljana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik pri Oddelku za slovenistiko Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2006. ISBN-10 961-237-169-5. Available at: https://centerslo.si/na-tujih-univerzah/kulturni-projekti/svetovni-dnevi-slovenske-literature/
JANKOVIČ, Jan. Slovník prekladateľov s bibliografiou prekladov z macedónčiny, srbčiny, chorvátčiny a slovinčiny. Bratislava: JUGA – Veda, 2005. ISBN 80-89030-22-X.
Website of the Slovenian theatre Sigledal [online]. Available at: https://veza.sigledal.org/
a) continuous evaluation: active participation of students in seminars, continuous reading of literary texts, their interpretation, and a seminar paper (topics of which will be provided to students at the beginning of the semester) is evaluated. In the final part the semester, the students will present their seminar work (40 points);
b) final evaluation: oral exam in the examination period (60 points). Topics for the exam will be provided to students at the beginning of the semester. The final evaluation is the sum of the points obtained for the seminar work (including its presentation) and the oral exam.
Grading scale in %:
100 % - 93 %: A
92 % - 84 %: B
83 % - 76 %: C
75 % - 68 %: D
67 % - 60 %: E
59 % - 0 %: Fx
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak/Slovenian
1. Periodization of Slovenian literature after 1950.
2. Slovenian poetry in the second half of the 20th century (T. Pavček, C. Zlobec, K. Kovič, J. Menart, I. Minatti, L. Krakar, D. Zajc, G. Strniša, V. Taufer, T. Šalamun, N. Grafenauer, S. Makarovič, M. Jesih, B. A. Novak, the OHO group).
3. Slovenian prose in the second half of the 20th century (B. Zupančič, A. Rebula, A. Hieng, L. Kovačič, D. Smole, P. Zidar, M. Rožanc, J. Snoj, D. Jančar, F. Lipuš, B. Pahor).
4. Slovenian drama in the second half of the 20th century (M. Mihelič, I. Torkar, V. Zupan, D. Smole, D. Jovanović, T. Partljič, D. Jančar, Ž. Petan).
5. Slovenian poetry from 1991 to the present (A. Debeljak, A. Ihan, B. Mozetič, M. Vidmar, M. Jesih, M. Dekleva, M. Vincetič, E. Babačić, C. Bergles, T. Pavček, B. A. Novak, V. Möderndorfer, J. Jakob, P. Čučnik, A. Brvar, I. Osojnik, I. Simonović, K. Pisk, N. Maurer, L. Stupica, T. Šalamun, A. Šteger, M. Pikalo, P. Kolmančič).
6. Slovenian prose from 1991 to the present (M. Tomšič, F. Lainšček, V. Žabot, J. Virk, R. Šeligo, L. Kovačič, F. Lipuš, D. Jančar, M. Mazzini, B. Mozetič, V. Möderndorfer, A. Skubic, M. Sosič, A. Čar, N. Gazvoda, A. Blatnik, G. Vojnović).
7. The latest Slovenian novel (changes at genre, reception and publishing level).
8. Women writers in the period from 1991 to the present (B. Bojetu, M. Novak, M. Kumerdej, N. Kokelj, P. Glavan, B. Švigelj Mérat, S. Tratnik, V. Lemaić, M. Krese, V. Simoniti, B. Žakelj).
9. Slovenian drama from 1991 to the present (E. Flisar, D. Jančar, D. Jovanović, V. Möderndorfer, B. A. Novak, T. Partljič, D. Potočnjak, A. Rozman-Roza, M. Zupančič, S. Semenič).
10. Contemporary Slovenian literature and new media; promotion of Slovenian literature abroad.
11. Contemporary Slovenian literature in film and television.
12. Contemporary Slovenian literature in Slovak translations.
40% continuously, 60% in the examination period
After completing the course, the students are familiar with the history of Slovenian literature from 1950s to the present. They are familiar with the characteristics and trends in the development of literature and can observe and explain how political movements and social changes influenced Slovenian literature of the second half of the 20th century and after the year 2000, and what elements of contemporary literature are different and common with the literature of earlier periods. They know the authors of this period, their literary texts and the reception of Slovenian literature in the Slovak environment.
VOJTECHOVÁ POKLAČ, Saša a VOJTECH, Miloslav (eds.). Čítame súčasnú slovinskú literatúru. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2014. ISBN 978-80-223-3711-3.
ZUPAN SOSIČ, Alojzija a NIDORFER ŠIŠKOVIČ, Mojca (eds.). Svetovni dnevi slovenske literature. Almanah - Svetovni dnevi slovenske literature (20. do 25. 11. 2006). Ljubljana: Center za slovenščino kot drugi/tuji jezik pri Oddelku za slovenistiko Filozofske fakultete Univerze v Ljubljani, 2006. ISBN-10 961-237-169-5. Available at: https://centerslo.si/na-tujih-univerzah/kulturni-projekti/svetovni-dnevi-slovenske-literature/
BABIAK, Michal: Slovinská dramatika v slovenskom kontexte. In: 90. výročie vzniku Univerzity Komenského v Bratislave a Univerzity v Ľubľane. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2010, s. 29 – 35. ISBN 978-80-223-2859-3.
DOBRÍKOVÁ, Mária: Interkultúrne a interpretačne súradnice prekladového textu. Nad slovenským a českým prekladom románu S. Tratnik Ime mi je Damjan. In: 90. výročie vzniku Univerzity Komenského v Bratislave a Univerzity v Ľubľane. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2010, s. 86 – 96. ISBN 978-80-223-2859-3.
JANKOVIČ, Jan. Slovník prekladateľov s bibliografiou prekladov z macedónčiny, srbčiny, chorvátčiny a slovinčiny. Bratislava: JUGA – Veda, 2005. ISBN 80-89030-22-X.
PAVIČIĆ, Mladen: Odnosi med Slovenci in prišleki s področja nekdanje Jugoslavije v romanih Fužinski bluz Andreja Skubica in Čefurji raus! Gorana Vojnovića. In: 90. výročie vzniku Univerzity Komenského v Bratislave a Univerzity v Ľubľane. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2010, s. 293 – 306. ISBN 978-80-223-2859-3.
SEVŠEK ŠRAMEL, Špela: Urbano in ruralno v slovenski in slovaški kratki prozi konec tisočletja. In: 90. výročie vzniku Univerzity Komenského v Bratislave a Univerzity v Ľubľane. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2010, s. 53 – 65. ISBN 978-80-223-2859-3.
The course is evaluated by continuous assessment. The evaluation will include active participation in seminars and participation in discussions (maximum 20 points per semester) and a written interpretation of selected literary texts from Slovenian literature (maximum 30 points). Students will receive the topics at the beginning of the semester.
Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak/Slovenian
Current trends in Slovenian literature.
Interpreting contemporary Slovenian poetry (with focus on currently published poetry collections).
Interpreting contemporary Slovenian short prose (short story, novella).
Contemporary Slovenian novel (interpreting currently published novels, awarded with the Kresnik Award for the best Slovenian novel of the year).
Contemporary Slovenian drama and theatre life.
Interpreting Slovenian literature created in the minority environment (contemporary Slovenian literature in Austrian Carinthia and Italy).
Thematic profile of contemporary Slovenian literature.
100/0
After successful completion of the course, the students have deeper knowledge about the contemporary Slovenian literature, they are familiar with the methods of interpretation of poetic, prosaic and dramatic texts and their specifics. They have knowledge of current trends in Slovenian literature and its broader sociocultural context.
DEJNA, Karol. Dialekty polskie. Wrocław: Zakład Narodowy imienia Ossolińskich, 1973.
BĚLIČ, Jaromír. Přehled nářečí českého jazyka (s mapkou). Praha: Státní pedagogické nakladatelství, 1976.
KLOFEROVÁ, Stanislava a ŠIPKOVÁ, Milena (eds.). Život ve slovech, slova v životě – Procházka labyrintem českých nářeči. Praha: Nakladatelství Lidové noviny, 2018. ISBN 978-80-7422-657-1.
KRAJČOVIČ, Rudolf. Vývin slovenského jazyka a dialektológia. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo, 1988.
KOVÁČOVÁ, Viera. Vybrané kapitoly z dialektológie. Učebne texty a materiály. Ružomberok: Verbum, 2013. ISBN 978-80-8084-933-7.
MÚCSKOVÁ, Gabriela – MUZIKOVÁ, Katarína – WAMBACH, Viera. Praktická dialektológia (vysokoškolská príručka na nárečovú interpretáciu). Wien: Facultas Verlags- & Buchhandels AG, 2012.
LOGAR, Tine. Slovenska narečja. Ljubljana: Mladinska knjiga, 1975.
SMOLE, Vera. Uvod v slovensko dialektologijo. Del vsebine za predmet ZSD II. Ljubljana: Oddelek za slavistiko, 2000.
LISAC, Josip. Hrvatska dijalektologija 1. Hrvatski dijalekti i govori štokavskog narječja i hrvatski govori torlačkog narječja. Zagreb: Golden marketing – Tehnička knjiga, 2003. ISBN 953-212-168-4.
LISAC, Josip. Hrvatska dijalektologija 2. Čakavsko narječje. Golden marketing — Tehnička knjiga, Zagreb, 2009. ISBN 978-953-212-169-8.
IVIĆ, Pavle. Dijalektologija srpskohrvatskog jezika. Uvod i štokavsko narečje. Novi Sad: Matica srpska, 1956.
BOJADŽIEV, Todor (ed.). Pomagalo po balgarska dialektologija. Sofija: Nauka i izkustvo, 1984.
STOJKOV, Stojko. Balgarska dialektologija. Sofija: Nauka i izkustvo, 1968. AVailable at: http://macedonia.kroraina.com/jchorb/st/index.htm
Slavic language atlas OLA [online]. Available at: http://ola.zrc-sazu.si/OLB12SLK-uvod.htm
During the semester, students will prepare a seminar paper on the issues of Slavic dialectology (focusing on the topic related to the relevant language specialization of the student). In the final week of the instruction period, students will present their seminar work (40 points).
In the examination period: written test (60 points).
Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
The teacher will accept a maximum of two absences. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and another Slavic language depending on the language specialization of the student
The course is taught once every two years and the students must complete it in the first or second year of their study, depending on the year in which it is offered.
1. Dialectology as a linguistic discipline, general and specific attributes of dialectology, issues and methods of dialectological research.
2. Relation between dialects and standard language.
3. The place of dialects in the research of languages of the Slavic area, dialectological terminology in individual Slavic languages of the study programme.
4. History of Slavic dialect research (P. J. Šafárik, T. D. Florinskij, I. I. Sreznjevskij, J. B. de Courtenay...).
5. Current methodological trends in the research of Slavic dialects.
6. Linguistic geography and dialectological atlases (regional, national, transnational).
7. Dialectal lexicography and its research in Slavic languages.
8. Dialectal phraseology and its research in Slavic languages.
9. Issues of dialectology of West Slavic languages.
10. Issues of dialectology of South Slavic languages.
11. Collecting dialect material and methods for field research of dialects.
12. Presentations of seminar papers and final revision.
40% continuously, 60% in the examination period
After completing the course, the students have basic knowledge about the study of Slavic dialects, about methodological trends in their research, they are familiar with the basic issues of dialect research in the South Slavic and West Slavic languages. They are able to apply theoretical and methodological knowledge gained in dialectological research of Slavic languages, which are the subject of their language specialization.
HEČKO, Blahoslav. Dobrodružstvo prekladu. Bratislava: Slovenský spisovateľ, 1991. ISBN: 80-220-0160-0.
HOCHEL, Branislav. Preklad ako komunikácia. Bratislava: Slovenský spisovateľ, 1990. ISBN: 80-220-0003-5.
KENÍŽ, Alojz. Preklad ako hra na invariant a ekvivalenciu. Bratislava: AnaPress, 2008. ISBN: 978-80-89137-38-1.
KULIHOVÁ, Alica a ŠKVARENINOVÁ, Oľga (eds.). Preklad ako kultúrna a literárna misia. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2010. ISBN: 978-80-223-2785-5.
POPOVIČ, Anton. Teória umeleckého prekladu. Aspekty textu a literárnej metakomunikácie. Bratislava: Tatran, 1975.
RAKŠÁNYIOVÁ, Jana (ed.). Preklad ako interkultúrna komunikácia. Bratislava: AnaPress, 2005. ISBN: 80-89137-09-1.
SABOLOVÁ, Dagmar (ed.). Chiméra prekladania. Antológia slovenského myslenia o preklade I. Bratislava: Veda, 1999. ISBN: 80-224-0562-0.
Continuous submission of translations after each class throughout the semester, two final translations - one assigned and one of your own choice of about 3 standard pages. Translations submitted during the semester are graded out of a maximum of 5 points, each of the final translations is then graded out of 10 points. In total the student can obtain 70 points. Two excused absences are accepted. All work is required to be handed in even in case of absence.
Grading scale in %: A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and Slovenian
Students are introduced to dictionaries and online tools that help translators translate from and into Slovenian, as well as some basic theoretical background on translation in general. During the course, they will translate texts of various kinds from Slovenian into Slovak - advertising, journalistic, professional, artistic, legal, etc., highlighting the specifics of translating each type of text. Students work with the texts independently at home, then in class they discuss possible problematic areas and propose suitable translation solutions.
1. Dictionaries and Internet tools, corpora, some notes on the basic background of translation
2. Artistic text - children's literature, poetry
3. Artistic text - children's literature, prose
4. Artistic text - prose (short story)
5. Artistic text - poetry
6. Advertising text
7. Recipes
8. Publicistic text - newspaper article
9. Specialised text - review
10. Specialised text - scientific study
11. Legal text - statutes of an international institution
12. Legal text - employment contract
100/0
After completing the course, students have basic skills in translating texts of various types (artistic, advertising, journalistic, professional, legal) from Slovenian into Slovak, as well as basic theoretical knowledge of translation in general. After completing the course, they are able to think independently about translation, its challenges, are aware of the specifics of translating different types of texts and translation from Slovenian into Slovak, and are able to apply the acquired knowledge in practice when translating simpler texts.
HEČKO, Blahoslav. Dobrodružstvo prekladu. Bratislava: Slovenský spisovateľ, 1991. ISBN: 80-220-0160-0.
HOCHEL, Branislav. Preklad ako komunikácia. Bratislava: Slovenský spisovateľ, 1990. ISBN: 80-220-0003-5.
KENÍŽ, Alojz. Preklad ako hra na invariant a ekvivalenciu. Bratislava: AnaPress, 2008. ISBN: 978-80-89137-38-1.
KULIHOVÁ, Alica a ŠKVARENINOVÁ, Oľga (eds.). Preklad ako kultúrna a literárna misia. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2010. ISBN: 978-80-223-2785-5.
POPOVIČ, Anton. Teória umeleckého prekladu. Aspekty textu a literárnej metakomunikácie. Bratislava: Tatran, 1975.
RAKŠÁNYIOVÁ, Jana (ed.). Preklad ako interkultúrna komunikácia. Bratislava: AnaPress, 2005. ISBN: 80-89137-09-1.
SABOLOVÁ, Dagmar (ed.). Chiméra prekladania. Antológia slovenského myslenia o preklade I. Bratislava: Veda, 1999. ISBN: 80-224-0562-0.
Continuous submission of translations after each class throughout the semester, two final translations - one assigned and one of your own choice of approximately 3 standard pages. Translations submitted during the semester are graded out of a maximum of 5 points, each of the final translations is then graded out of 10 points. In total the student can obtain 70 points. Two excused absences are accepted. All translations are required to be handed in even in case of absence. Grading scale in %: A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %.
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak and Slovenian language
Students will revise what dictionaries and internet tools they can use when translating from and into Slovenian. During the course they will translate from Slovenian into Slovak and vice versa texts of various kinds - advertising, journalistic, professional, artistic, legal, etc., highlighting the specifics of translating different types of texts. Students work with the texts independently at home, then in class they discuss possible problematic areas and propose suitable translation solutions.
1.Dictionaries and Internet translation tools, corpora - revision 2. Artistic text - prose, short story (translation from Slovenian into Slovak) 3. Artistic text - poetry (translation from Slovenian into Slovak) 4. Advertising text (translation from Slovenian into Slovak). 5. User's manual (translation from Slovenian into Slovak). 6. Journalistic text - newspaper article (translation from Slovenian into Slovak). 7. Specialist text - entries from an encyclopaedia (translation from Slovenian into Slovak). 8. Specialist text - scientific study (translation from Slovenian into Slovak). 9. Legal text - Labour Code (translation from Slovenian into Slovak). 10. User's manual (translation from Slovak into Slovenian). 11. Advertising text (translation from Slovak into Slovenian). 12. Artistic text - prose, short story (translation from Slovak into Slovenian).
100/0
The course is a continuation of the Translation Seminar in Slovenian 1, although completion of this course is not a prerequisite. Students will have deeper knowledge and skills in translating texts of various types (artistic, advertising, journalistic, professional, legal) from Slovenian into Slovak and vice versa, as well as theoretical knowledge of translation in general. After completing the course, they are able to think independently about translation, its challenges, they are aware of the specifics of translation of different types of texts and translation from Slovenian into Slovak and vice versa, and they are able to apply the acquired knowledge in practice.
MICHALEV, Ivan, CANKOVA, Elina. 101 romantični mesta v Balgarija. Sofija: Siela, 2016. ISBN 978-954-28-2224-0.
Official site about tourism in Bulgaria. Available at: https://bulgariatravel.org/
Po polsku po Polsce (Polish Language Course and Knowledge Base on Poland). Available at:
http://www.popolskupopolsce.edu.pl/
Polska Organizacja Turystyczna (Official site about tourism in Poland). Available at: https://
www.polska.travel/pl
BARRON, Yuri a kol. The Slovenia Book (Top 100 destinations). Ljubljana: IQbator, 2017. ISBN 978-961-94046-2-1.
Official site of the national agency for promotion of tourism in Slovenia. Available at: https://www.slovenia.info/sl
ĆOROVIĆ, Ljubica. Belgrade tourist guide. Beograd: Kreativni centar, 2011. ISBN 978-86-7781-242-3
Official site about Serbian tourism. Available at: https://www.srbija.travel/
MARIĆ, Tješimir. Hrvatska. Zagreb: Algoritam, 2009. ISBN: 978-953-220-954-9.
Official site about Croatian tourism. Available at: https://www.htz.hr/
Additional literature will be presented at the beginning of the semester.
Participation in the excursion. According to the teacher's instructions, the students will prepare a seminar paper regarding the visited sites and institutions after the excursion, for which they can earn 30 points.
Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
Details of the seminar work will be communicated to the students before the start of the excursion. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak (and another language depending on the excursion)
Getting to know individual Slavic countries, their natural monuments, culture, art, literary and historical traditions, expanding communication language skills in Slavic languages (Bulgarian, Croatian, Polish, Slovenian, Serbian). Getting to know the cultural institutions. The aim of the excursion may be a Slavic country (Czech Republic, Bulgaria, Croatia, Poland, Slovenia, Serbia) as well as non-Slavic country with culture connected to Slavic cultures according to an announced program. Students will be informed in advance about the details regarding the location and focus of a particular excursion.
100/0
After completing the course, the students will have a deeper knowledge of the culture, art, literature, history, and traditions of individual Slavic countries. They will also visit important cultural, educational or scientific institutions of the given country (universities, libraries, institutes of the Academy of Sciences, important museums or galleries, etc.) and have knowledge about them and their functioning after the end of the excursion.
MICHALEV, Ivan, CANKOVA, Elina. 101 romantični mesta v Balgarija. Sofija: Siela, 2016. ISBN 978-954-28-2224-0.
Official site about tourism in Bulgaria. Available at: https://bulgariatravel.org/
Po polsku po Polsce (Polish Language Course and Knowledge Base on Poland). Available at:
http://www.popolskupopolsce.edu.pl/
Polska Organizacja Turystyczna (Official site about tourism in Poland). Available at: https://
www.polska.travel/pl
BARRON, Yuri a kol. The Slovenia Book (Top 100 destinations). Ljubljana: IQbator, 2017. ISBN 978-961-94046-2-1.
Official site of the national agency for promotion of tourism in Slovenia. Available at: https://www.slovenia.info/sl
ĆOROVIĆ, Ljubica. Belgrade tourist guide. Beograd: Kreativni centar, 2011. ISBN 978-86-7781-242-3
Official site about Serbian tourism. Available at: https://www.srbija.travel/
MARIĆ, Tješimir. Hrvatska. Zagreb: Algoritam, 2009. ISBN: 978-953-220-954-9.
Official site about Croatian tourism. Available at: https://www.htz.hr/
Additional literature will be presented at the beginning of the semester.
Participation in the excursion. According to the teacher's instructions, the students will prepare a seminar paper regarding the visited sites and institutions after the excursion, for which they can earn 30 points.
Grading scale in %:
A: 100 - 93 % B: 92 - 84 % C: 83 - 76 % D: 75 - 68 % E: 67 - 60 % Fx: 59 - 0 %
Details of the seminar work will be communicated to the students before the start of the excursion. Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak (and another language depending on the excursion)
Getting to know individual Slavic countries, their natural monuments, culture, art, literary and historical traditions, expanding communication language skills in Slavic languages (Bulgarian, Croatian, Polish, Slovenian, Serbian). Getting to know the cultural institutions. The aim of the excursion may be a Slavic country (Czech Republic, Bulgaria, Croatia, Poland, Slovenia, Serbia) as well as non-Slavic country with culture connected to Slavic cultures according to an announced program. Students will be informed in advance about the details regarding the location and focus of a particular excursion.
100/0
After completing the course, the students will have a deeper knowledge of the culture, art, literature, history, and traditions of individual Slavic countries. They will also visit important cultural, educational or scientific institutions of the given country (universities, libraries, institutes of the Academy of Sciences, important museums or galleries, etc.) and have knowledge about them and their functioning after the end of the excursion.
HOJDA, Zdeněk - OTTLOVÁ, Marta - PRAHL, Roman (eds.): Slovanství a česká kultura 19. století. Praha: KLP, 2006. ISBN 80-86791-31-9.
MARTINKOVIČ, Marcel: Slovanská utópia? Posledná vízia Ľudovíta Štúra. In: Historická revue, 26, 2015, č. 10, s. 42 - 46.
MLACEK, Jozef - VOJTECH, Miloslav (eds.): Slovensko a slovanský svet. In: Studia Academica Slovaca 35. Bratislava: Stimul, 2006, s. 337-486, ISBN 80-89236-11-1.
PYNSENT, Robert: Pátrání po identitě. Praha: Nakladatelství H&H, 1996, ISBN 80-8587-40-7.
VOJTECH, Miloslav: Podoby a modifikácie ideálu slovanskej vzájomnosti v slovenskej obrodeneckej literatúre. In: Studia Academica Slovaca 35. Bratislava: Stimul, 2006, s. 337-333, ISBN 80-89236-11-1.
VOJTECH, Miloslav: Ján Kollár - tvorca slovanského mýtu. In: KOLLÁR, Ján: Dielo. Bratislava: Kalligram a Ústav slovenskej literatúry SAV, 2009, s. 563 - 586, ISBN 978-80-8101-227-8.
Continuous evaluation: participation in lectures (two absences are allowed), seminar paper on a topic related to the language specialization of the student (the seminar paper will be submitted by the student at the end of the instruction period).
Final assessment: oral exam (in the examination period).
In all parts of the evaluation, the student must achieve at least 60% success.
Grading scale: A: 100 - 92%, B: 91 - 84%, C: 83 - 76%, D: 75 - 68%, E: 67 - 60%, Fx: less than 60%
Violation of academic ethics will be punished, and the student will lose all the received points in the relevant part of the assessment.
Slovak language
The beginnings of the ideological concept of Slavic belonging in Slovakia in the 17th and 18th century (Baroque Slavism);
Transformations of the concepts of Slovak-Slavic cooperation in the 19th century (Ján Kollár's idea of Slavic reciprocity, Pavol Jozef Šafárik's Slavic works, Ľudovít Štúr's concept of the Slavic world in the work Slavdom and the world of the future, messianic concepts of Slavic cooperation, Ján Palárik's treatise On the Slavic reciprocity, Svetozár Hurban Vajanský's Pan-Slavic concepts);
the Slavic issue in the Austrian monarchy and in Austria-Hungary (Austro-Slavism, Kollár's four-tribe concept of the Slavic nation, Illyrian movement, intensification of Czech-Slovak cooperation at the turn of the 20th century);
Reflection of the emergence of new Slavic states in South-Eastern Europe in Slovakia in the 19th century (in contemporary journalism and in travel literature), the Polish issue and its image in the Slovak literature of the 19th century;
Development of Slovak-Slavic cooperation after 1918: Czechoslovak-Yugoslav cultural and literary relations and their political background (Little Entente), Slovak-Russian relations determined by the revolution in 1917, Slovak-Polish cultural and literary relations in the interwar period; Slovak-Slavic cultural and literary relations after 1945 and their historical-political background (Slavic nations as a part of the socialist bloc, Slovak-Slavic cooperation marked by the ideological concept of the so-called proletarian internationalism, rupture in relations with the peoples of Yugoslavia after the split in the Comintern after 1949, events of the second half of the 20th century and their impact on the Slovak-Slavic cultural and literary relations);
Slavic themes in Slovak poetry, prose and drama of the 19th and 20th centuries; Current problems and issues of Slovak-Slavic relations in the context of geopolitical changes in Europe at the turn of the 21st century.
40/60
After completing the course, the students are familiar with the issues of Slovak-Slavic cultural and literary relations in the 19th and 20th centuries. They know the theoretical concepts of Slovak-Slavic cooperation and key works of Slovak writers who reflected on this issue in their theoretical writings and literature. They are able to perceive the Slovak-Slavic cultural and literary relations in the context of broader historical and geopolitical connections.